Palestine, Tancredo, NPT, Turkey, Pipes

1) Legal basis of Palestinian claims:

“Re-claiming Palestine: The Legal Basis for Rights of Return and Restitution”
Summary of Lecture by Susan Akram, Souad Dajani, and Bret Thiele
For the Record No. 230 / 2 August 2005

Palestinians constitute one of the largest and longest standing unresolved situations of displacement. About one in three refugees in the world is Palestinian and more than two-thirds of Palestinians are refugees. Less than 1 percent of Palestinian refugees, said Susan Akram, associate professor of law at Boston University, has been able to return to their places of origin according to conservative estimates. Even fewer have received restitution for their material or social losses, concurred sociologist and development consultant Souad Dajani, author of two recent studies on Palestinian refugee rights.

Palestinians’ Right of Return and right to housing and property restitution are “integrally related to each other, yet quite distinct as a legal matter,” said Akram during a Palestine Center symposium on 18 July 2005 entitled “Re-claiming Palestine: Palestinian Losses, Exile, and Diaspora.” Akram addressed the legal aspects of these issues as part of a panel with Dajani and Bret Thiele, coordinator of the Geneva-based Center on Housing Rights and Evictions (COHRE)’s Economic, Social and Cultural Rights Litigation Program. The symposium focused on Dajani’s studies, “The Untold Story: The Cost of Israel’s Occupation to the Palestinians in the West Bank and Gaza Strip” (Washington, DC: The Palestine Center, February 2005) and “Ruling Palestine: A History of the Legally Sanctioned Jewish-Israeli Seizure of Land and Housing in Palestine” (Geneva: Center on Housing Rights and Evictions, May 2005).

Akram said that the legal basis for a refugee’s Right of Return is established in three main bodies of law: the law of nationality and state succession, human rights law, and humanitarian law. In all three, explained Akram, the Right of Return is both “a rule of customary international law and codified in international treaties.” Pointing to numerous treaties that Israel has ratified, which bind it to recognize and implement this right, Akram argued that Israel is the state entity responsible for creating the refugees and is thus held responsible for the implementation of Palestinians’ Right of Return.

Under the laws of nationality and state succession, newly-created states are obligated to grant all persons found within the territory the nationality of the new state, and are forbidden from arbitrarily denationalizing or expelling persons found therein on the basis of race, religion or ethnic origin. Residents expelled during conflict are also entitled to return to their places of habitual residence under these laws, explained Akram. She said that Israel is a party to the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR) and the International Covenant on Economic, Social, and Cultural Rights (ICESCR), and is a member of the Committee on the Elimination of Racial Discrimination (CERD), each of which prohibit denationalization, expulsion, and the denial of the Right of Return on the basis of race, religion, or ethnic origin.

Akram said that Israel maintains that it is not responsible for creating the refugee problem and that it is, therefore, free from any obligation. She explained that Israel argues that Palestinians’ Right of Return would threaten its “Jewish character” and that it would be committing “political suicide” if Palestinians were allowed to return to their homes. In addition to denying responsibility for creating the refugee problem or causing Palestinians to leave, Israel maintains that the Right of Return is an individual right that is not available in mass refugee situations. However, in the last 40 years, the Right of Return has been “firmly embedded” as a core obligation of nation-states. “State practice includes the incorporation of Right of Return in peace agreements, such as in Indochina, Cambodia, Mozambique, and Rwanda,” Akram said, noting that in the 1990s, an estimated 12 million refugees were repatriated around the world. The Palestinian Right of Return is further codified by numerous U.N. resolutions that refer to it as unconditional, inalienable and imprescriptible, Akram said.

Turning to the issue of restitution, Akram said the basic rule is that the state responsible for the illegal expropriation must reverse the effect of that violation through full property restitution. She drew on the general law of state responsibility to based legal recourse for housing and property restitution. Akram pointed to Bosnia, where more than 50 percent of all property claims have resulted in the restitution of the homes and lands to their owners after the conflict ended. “Most remarkable in the Bosnia case is that restitution has been the goal of the reconstruction process and not a penny has been paid in compensation as an alternative to restitution,” Akram said.

While millions of refugees throughout the world have returned to their original homes, Bret Thiele argued
that based on the research of COHRE, Israel continues to violate Palestinian refugee rights to their land, housing, and property restitution. He noted that approximately six million Palestinian refugees are prevented by Israel from returning to their homes and recovering their land and property in what is now Israel.

“If Israel were willing to return confiscated land to Palestinian refugees, this could be a comparatively simple process because most of the land remains under the public control of the Israeli government and has not been transferred to private hands,” Thiele said. He argued that restitution of Palestinian claims would be less complicated than in other places where COHRE has been active, such as Bosnia, Kosovo, Mozambique, and South Africa, based on the fact that in the Occupied Palestinian Territories, “large portions of land confiscated since 1948 remain empty and almost all Palestinian refugee families retain their original land and property titles which prove ownership rights,” he said.

Addressing why the Right of Return has not been implemented for Palestinians, Thiele noted that despite the
basis for Palestinian rights in international law, Israel has enacted its own laws enabling the expropriation of Palestinian land and property. He noted that the 1.2 million Palestinians with Israeli citizenship constitute more than 20 percent of Israel’s population yet they own less than 3 percent of the land.

Thiele said that a series of these Israeli laws, which are described in detail by Dajani in the May 2005 study
published by COHRE, have been used to “lay legal claim” to the lands and property of “absentee” Palestinians, which he defined as “the Israeli government’s euphemism for forcibly displaced Palestinian refugees.” He argued that “Israeli law has been fundamental to the expropriation of Palestinian land and property since the declaration of the state of Israel in 1948,” by allowing for massive confiscation of Palestinian land and its transfer to Israeli control.

In particular, the CORHE study outlines Israel’s use of the 1954 Prevention of Infiltration Law to bar so-called “internal refugees” from returning to their family homes and villages by defining and prosecuting them as infiltrators if caught. Internally displaced Palestinians are those who were declared absent by Israel from their villages at the time of Israel’s creation but remained within Palestine. Dajani’s study also reveals that Israel enacted land and property laws in the Occupied Palestinian Territory to facilitate its control of 4,700 sq. kilometers of land. The study draws attention to the fact that Israel’s current construction of the Wall around the West Bank will reduce it by an additional 15 percent.

Although property losses incurred by Palestinians in 1948 and in 1967 are methodically documented in both
of Dajani’s studies, she said that what is importan
t is “not so much the data you collect, but rather the principle you start from, the principle of international law.” Dajani argued that the starting point for assessing the cost of occupation to Palestinians in the territories Israel occupied in 1967 is the belief that the “whole occupation is illegal” and that Israel is “obliged to withdraw fully from the occupied territories.”
Although the study Dajani published through the Palestine Center focuses on restitution and compensation, Dajani stressed that the study does not suggest that the Right of Return “is a matter to bargain over.” She maintained that “restitution is not a substitute for return.”

Research for “The Untold Story” proved challenging. Dajani found existing records to be incomplete and most data inaccessible. Methods used to measure losses were not comparable throughout the Occupied Territories and were taken at various periods. She said that data collected by international donors was compiled to measure the need for economic aid, not to determine compensation. While detailed records collected by the United Nations Conciliation Commission for Palestine (UNCCP), which relate to the land left behind in Israel by Palestinian refugees in 1948, are housed at the U.N. archives in New York, there are no such records for those made refugees during 1967, explained Dajani. She described the Palestine Center publication as a “useful tool” to use in measuring restitution for the loss of land and livelihood, damaged infrastructure, destruction of homes, lost opportunities, and human suffering incurred over 38 years of occupation.

Through her research, Dajani found that Israel gives legal preference to Jews by enacting laws that “enshrine Jewish privilege and entitlement while legally sanctioning discrimination against Palestinians.” She explained that some laws enacted by Israel are designed to “sever the links between the indigenous Palestinian people and the land,” while other laws create links between Jews and the land in order to “replace the now-legalized broken bond” of Palestinians toward the land. Dajani said that with U.S. support, Israel has “tossed binding and applicable international laws to the wind as far as the Palestinians are concerned.” However, she blamed Palestinian negotiators for “moving away from asserting international law as the basis for a just resolution to the conflict.”

Backed by the United States, Dajani said that Israel has refused to address Palestinian rights of return and restitution from a legal basis and approaches the issue as a political matter instead. She argued that Israel expects the international community to assume the financial burden of settling refugee claims and insists that Jews be compensated for property left behind in Arab countries. “The value of Palestinian refugee property from 1948 alone is estimated to be twenty-two times the value of Jewish property in Arab countries,” Dajani noted.

Despite almost universal condemnation by the international community, Thiele added that Israel continues
to carry out “discriminatory land, housing and property policies, and practices which make a sustainable and just peace a practical impossibility.” He argued that a lasting peace between Israelis and Palestinians will only be possible when ordinary Israelis “acknowledge and accept responsibility” for past wrongs, embrace the process of reconciliation and overcome their fear of their historic neighbor. He added, “What little remains of the Palestinian homeland is disappearing in front of our eyes. It is as if Israel is deliberately erasing it from the map.”

2) Zogby on Tancredo:

Tancredo: “Stupid, Brazen, and Uncivilized”
By James J. Zogby
t r u t h o u t Perspective
Tuesday 02 August 2005

By even suggesting that Mecca could be bombed in retaliation for a terrorist attack, Congressman Tom Tancredo (R-CO) has made the world a more dangerous place. He is not alone, of course. Ironically, the Congressman has plenty of company among those who, either because of the evil they do or the stupid things they say, have endangered us all.

Now, before I am attacked for establishing a moral equivalence between terrorist bombers and unthinking macho politicos, let me be clear: I know the difference. The sick malevolence that led to 9/11 (US), 7/7 (UK), and 7/23 (Egypt) is dramatically and immediately more evil than the lies that led the US and UK into Iraq or the hate-filled incitement practiced by religious extremists of all stripes. Right thinking innocents can reject and counter the latter, while we are all potential victims of the former.

At the same time, however, it would be wrong to ignore the ways the “evil doers” and the “stupid sayers” feed off each other. They both prey on fear and anger and contribute to exacerbating the fear and anger that exists on both sides of the ever widening divide. Both the “doers” and “sayers” operate with absolute certainty and a sense of moral superiority. And both commit their deeds and utter their threats not only convinced of their righteousness, but impervious to the damage they do.

Look at Tancredo’s comments.

During a radio interview, the Congressman was asked what the US’s response should be if our cities were targets of a terrorist attack.

He replied, “Well, what if you said something like, ‘If this happens in the United States, and we determine it is the result of extremist, fundamentalist Muslims, you know, you could take out their Holy Sites.'” “You’re talking about bombing Mecca,” clarified the host.

“Yeah,” Tancredo affirmed.

I had the opportunity to debate Tancredo on CNN last week and was struck not only by his insistence that his remarks made America safer – presumably because he felt “terrorists” now knew we meant business – but also by his inability to understand the damage that his remarks had done to our country.

He is, after all, a Congressman, and his words matter. When I reminded him that his words had reverberated all over the world, he seemed pleased. When I observed that the State Department had issued a strong rebuke (The State Department spokesperson said: “Such remarks … are insulting and offensive to us all. Speaking on behalf of the United States Government, let me say that we respect Islam as a religion, we respect its holy sites …”), he insulted and dismissed the State Department. And when I noted that there was no logic, no proportionality, and no moral justification for threatening to bomb the holiest city of over one billion Muslims, he rejected this as “political correctness.”

Like demagogues everywhere, Tancredo is performing. He is in search of a constituency and will spare no effort to find one. He is, after all, running for President (having made more visits to New Hampshire and Iowa than any other 2008 aspirant), and like other right-wing nativist zealots before him, he is playing to an angry and fearful base that wants a “strong and decisive leader” to defend “us” against “them.”

Having done enough radio talk-shows on this issue and after reviewing a few of the e-mails I received after our CNN encounter, I know that there is a small hard-core constituency out there that wants that kind of champion.

What I also know from the vast majority of the e-mails I received and from the public criticism Tancredo has received from other elected officials and the press, is that should he run for high office, he will fail, as have other demagogues before him.

Where, then, is the danger? Certainly no one responsible for US policy would take Tancredo seriously. But his words, coming as they do from a Congressman, reverberate throughout the Arab and Muslim world and only serve to fuel fear and anger at America. Far from serving as the deterrent he intended, Tancredo’s threats will only play into the hands of extremists and encourage anti-American violence.

That is why I write. To make it clear that Tancredo’s brand of “America” is not at
all American. His comments are the bluster of a weak and unthinking buffoon.

Ironically, Tancredo said it best a week earlier when he condemned a similar threat from a Chinese general. In response to Major General Zhu Chenghu’s threat to use nuclear weapons against the US should China be threatened, Tancredo responded, “For a senior government official to exhibit such tremendous stupidity by making such a brazen threat is hardly characteristic of a modern nation …”

“Stupid, brazen, and uncivilized.” That may be the smartest thing the Congressman ever said.

Dr. James Zogby is the President of the Arab American Institute. His column will appear weekly in t r u t h o u
t
http://www.truthout.org/docs_2005/080205N.shtml

3) Monbiot right on, as usual:

The treaty wreckers

In just a few months, Bush and Blair have destroyed global restraint on the development of nuclear weapons

George Monbiot
Tuesday August 2, 2005
Guardian

Saturday is the 60th anniversary of the bombing of Hiroshima. The nuclear powers are commemorating it in their own special way: by seeking to ensure that the experiment is repeated.

As Robin Cook showed in his column last week, the British government appears to have decided to replace our Trident nuclear weapons, without consulting parliament or informing the public. It could be worse than he thinks. He pointed out that the atomic weapons establishment at Aldermaston has been re-equipped to build a new generation of bombs. But when this news was first leaked in 2002 a spokesman for the plant insisted the equipment was being installed not to replace Trident but to build either mini-nukes or warheads that could be used on cruise missiles.

If this is true it means the government is replacing Trident and developing a new category of boil-in-the-bag weapons. As if to ensure we got the point, Geoff Hoon, then the defence secretary, announced before the leak that Britain would be prepared to use small nukes in a pre-emptive strike against a non-nuclear state. This put us in the hallowed company of North Korea.

The Times, helpful as ever, explains why Trident should be replaced. “A decision to leave the club of nuclear powers,” it says, “would diminish Britain’s international standing and influence.” This is true, and it accounts for why almost everyone wants the bomb. Two weeks ago, on concluding their new nuclear treaty, George Bush and the Indian prime minister Manmohan Singh announced that “international institutions must fully reflect changes in the global scenario that have taken place since 1945. The president reiterated his view that international institutions are going to have to adapt to reflect India’s central and growing role.” This translates as follows: “Now that India has the bomb it should join the UN security council.”

It is because nuclear weapons confer power and status on the states that possess them that the non-proliferation treaty, of which the UK was a founding signatory, determines two things: that the non-nuclear powers should not acquire nuclear weapons, and that the nuclear powers should “pursue negotiations in good faith on … general and complete disarmament”. Blair has unilaterally decided to rip it up.

But in helping to wreck the treaty we are only keeping up with our friends across the water. In May the US government launched a systematic assault on the agreement. The summit in New York was supposed to strengthen it, but the US, led by John Bolton – the undersecretary for arms control (someone had a good laugh over that one) – refused even to allow the other nations to draw up an agenda for discussion. The talks collapsed, and the treaty may now be all but dead. Needless to say, Bolton has been promoted: to the post of US ambassador to the UN. Yesterday Bush pushed his nomination through by means of a “recess appointment”: an undemocratic power that allows him to override Congress when its members are on holiday.

Bush wanted to destroy the treaty because it couldn’t be reconciled with his new plans. Last month the Senate approved an initial $4m for research into a “robust nuclear earth penetrator” (RNEP). This is a bomb with a yield about 10 times that of the Hiroshima device, designed to blow up underground bunkers that might contain weapons of mass destruction. (You’ve spotted the contradiction.) Congress rejected funding for it in November, but Bush twisted enough arms this year to get it restarted. You see what a wonderful world he inhabits when you discover that the RNEP idea was conceived in 1991 as a means of dealing with Saddam Hussein’s biological and chemical weapons. Saddam is pacing his cell, but the Bushites, like the Japanese soldiers lost in Malaysia, march on. To pursue his war against the phantom of the phantom of Saddam’s weapons of mass destruction, Bush has destroyed the treaty that prevents the use of real ones.

It gets worse. Last year Congress allocated funding for something called the “reliable replacement warhead”. The government’s story is that the existing warheads might be deteriorating. When they show signs of ageing they can be dismantled and rebuilt to a “safer and more reliable” design. It’s a pretty feeble excuse for building a new generation of nukes, but it worked. The development of the new bombs probably means the US will also breach the comprehensive test ban treaty – so we can kiss goodbye to another means of preventing proliferation.

But the biggest disaster was Bush’s meeting with Manmohan Singh a fortnight ago. India is one of three states that possess nuclear weapons and refuse to sign the non-proliferation treaty (NPT). The treaty says India should be denied access to civil nuclear materials. But on July 18 Bush announced that “as a responsible state with advanced nuclear technology, India should acquire the same benefits and advantages as other such states”. He would “work to achieve full civil nuclear energy cooperation with India” and “seek agreement from Congress to adjust US laws and policies”. Four months before the meeting the US lifted its south Asian arms embargo, selling Pakistan a fleet of F-16 aircraft, capable of a carrying a wide range of missiles, and India an anti-missile system. As a business plan, it’s hard to fault.

Here then is how it works. If you acquire the bomb and threaten to use it you will qualify for American exceptionalism by proxy. Could there be a greater incentive for proliferation?

The implications have not been lost on other states. “India is looking after its own national interests,” a spokesman for the Iranian government complained on Wednesday. “We cannot criticise them for this. But what the Americans are doing is a double standard. On the one hand they are depriving an NPT member from having peaceful technology, but at the same time they are cooperating with India, which is not a member of the NPT.” North Korea (and this is the only good news around at the moment) is currently in its second week of talks with the US. While the Bush administration is doing the right thing by engaging with Pyongyang, the lesson is pretty clear. You could sketch it out as a Venn diagram. If you have oil and aren’t developing a bomb (Iraq) you get invaded. If you have oil and are developing a bomb (Iran) you get threatened with invasion, but it probably won’t happen. If you don’t have oil, but have the bomb, the US representative will fly to your country and open negotiations.

The world of George Bush’s imagination comes into being by government decree. As a result of his tail-chasing paranoia, assisted by Tony Blair’s cowardice and Manmohan Singh’s opportunism, the global restraint on the development of nuclear weapons has, in effect, been destroyed in a few months. The world could now be more vulnerable to the consequences of proliferation than it has been for 35 years. Thanks to Bush and Blair, we might not go out with a whimper after all.

7 www.monbiot.com

4) This article is from Daniel Pipes’ email list. Erdogan has done everything — absolutely everything — that the US or the EU has wanted during his tenure. In fact, Erdogan has been a better friend of the US than non-Islamist Ecevit was before him. The fact that these clowns write against Erdogan simply shows how bigoted they really are:

Fried in TurkeyIs democracy on the outs?
by Michael Rubin
National Review Online
August 2, 2005
http://www.meforum.org/article/737

On June 8, 2005, Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdoğan visited President Bush in the White House. Among the topics the two discussed were freedom, democracy, and the rule of law. Speaking from the Oval Office, Bush declared Turkey’s democracy to be “an important example for the people of the broader Middle East.”

Turkey remains an important ally of the United States despite recent bilateral tensions over the Iraq war and its aftermath. Both Republican and Democratic administrations have valued Turkey not only as a strategic military partner in the Cold War but also, in recent decades, as a democratic outpost in a region of dictatorships. The central tenet of Turkey’s democratic evolution has been an emphasis upon the rule of law.
Since his Justice and Development party (better known by its Turkish acronym, the AKP), swept to power in November 2002, Erdoğan has traveled the globe, burnishing his image as a statesman. In frequent media appearances, he has sought to ensure both the United States and European Union that the AKP respects Turkish democracy and has no desire to erode the secular agenda upon which the Turkish republic was built. He has said he has abandoned the excesses of the now-banned Islamist Welfare party to which he belonged while mayor of Istanbul (1994-1998).

The fact that Erdoğan feels he needs to reassure Turks and foreigners alike stems from the ideological dichotomy between AKP parliamentarians and the Turkish public. While many AKP members are Islamist, most Turks are not. As in any country, citizens of Turkey range from secular to traditional in their religious practice. Many religious Turks enjoy the freedom to practice their faith, even as they embrace separation of mosque and state.

Erdoğan’s outreach also reflects the reality that his electoral mandate is less solid than statistics reflect. The AKP’s consolidation of parliamentary control reflected not the Turkish public’s endorsement for the AKP’s religious philosophy, but rather a general disdain for the inability of feuding establishment parties to root out corruption. The AKP catapulted its reputation for honesty into electoral power. The failure of many establishment parties to surpass the ten-percent threshold needed to take seats in parliament amplified the AKP’s 34-percent vote into two thirds of the parliamentary seats.

During his first three and a half years in power, Erdoğan has pursued an ambitious agenda of economic stabilization, social change, and an overhaul of foreign policy. While welcoming investment from the United States and Europe, he has emphasized economic and political outreach to the Arab world.

In the wake of the September 11, 2001, terrorist attacks, Saudi businessmen have shifted billions out of more
tightly regulated U.S. bank accounts into Turkey. Prior to entering Turkish politics, AKP Foreign Minister Abdullah Gül worked eight years at the Islamic Development Bank in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia. The AKP has apparently used the influx of green money to underwrite some economic reforms. On July 14, 2005, the Turkish daily Milliyet reported that Arab states established approximately 200 companies in Turkey since 2003. The Dubai Islamic Bank opened a one-billion-dollar line of credit for investments in Turkey. In the first six months of 2004 alone, the share of Middle East-based companies in the Turkish economy increased 50 percent.

Erdoğan’s political success has waned, though. Despite assurances that he respects Turkey’s separation of mosque and state, the AKP has introduced a number of bills which would have blurred the distinction between religion and state, or boosted the power of religious segments of society. Erdoğan’s social agenda has floundered. The Turkish judiciary has warned against or stuck down attempts to equate religious qualifications with those of secular curriculums in university admissions. Mustafa Bumin, chief judge of the constitutional court, warned on April 25, 2005, that the AKP’s proposal to lift the headscarf ban at universities and state institutions would violate the constitution.

In recent months, with its popularity starting to wane amid foreign-policy setbacks on the European front and signs that inflation may soon resume, the AKP has signaled increasing frustration with the democratic process. In May, for example, AKP member and Parliamentary Speaker Bülent Arinç warned that the AKP might abolish the constitutional court if its judges continued to hamper AKP legislation with questions of constitutionality. While Arinç was criticized for his bluster, Erdoğan has taken a quieter tact: He has pushed a bill to lower the mandatory retirement age of judges, in effecting purging the judiciary of 4,000 of its older, independent technocrats in order to replace them with younger followers of his own party.

Judges have reacted with alarm. On June 6, 2005, Milliyet reported a statement by elected members of the supreme court of judges that “the new changes and arrangements made in the Judges and Public Prosecutor’s Law…is aiming to influence the judicial power.”

Rule of law is at the heart of democracy. Turkish civil society is beginning to voice concern about Erdoğan’s political arrogance and his disdain for both free press and judicial independence. Over the past several months, Erdoğan has launched a series of lawsuits against Turkish political cartoonists who criticized him and his party. Last month, the head of the Lawyer’s Association criticized Erdoğan’s government for intervening in the judicial system to satisfy Islamists. On July 3, 2005, Hürriyet and Milliyet, both establishment papers, criticized government interference in the judiciary.

At times, Erdoğan’s abuse of the judiciary appears to be the result of a dangerous combination of vendetta and impatience with the compromises inherent in democracy. His conflict with the Süzer Group provides one important example. While mayor of Istanbul, Erdoğan clashed with Mustafa Süzer, a Turkish businessman whose holdings include the Ritz-Carlton Hotel in Istanbul, Turkish franchise rights to both Pizza Hut and Kentucky Fried Chicken, and the Kent Bank.

As mayor, Erdoğan chafed at Süzer’s unabashed pro-Americanism. While president of the Foreign Trade Association, Süzer increased U.S.-Turkish trade 350 percent. When Erdoğan demanded Süzer tear down the Süzer Tower which Erdoğan said was four stories too high, Süzer refused. The grudge has continued. In November 2004, Erdoğan rescinded participation in a financial conference when he learned that the meeting would take place in the Süzer Tower.

Erdoğan has used his powers to advance the vendetta at the expense of the rule of law. During the 2001 financial crisis in Turkey, the left-leaning government of Democratic Left-party Prime Minister Bülent Ecevit seized several banks, including the Kent Bank, in effect freezing the assets of the Süzer Group and several other conglomerates. When Erdoğan assumed power, he sought to exploit the situation. After appointing a member of his party to head the Saving Deposit Insurance Fund (Tasarruf Mevduati Sigorta Fonu, TMSF) which regulates banking matters in Turkey, he had the TMSF sell Kent Bank to a political ally. The Turkish supreme court, though, ruled in December 2003, both that the government’s seizure of Kent Bank and its subsequent sale was illegal. The
judiciary subsequently ordered Erdoğan’s government to unfreeze Süzer’s assets and return the bank. More than a year and a half later, Erdoğan’s government refuses to comply with the court order.

Süzer is one example of many. In recent months, the Turkish press has reported that former President Süleyman Demirel, upset with both the direction which the AKP seeks to take Turkey and the relative impotence of the opposition, has begun to build a political coalition to rival the AKP. In response, the AKP’s government has moved to seize the assets of Demirel’s brother. Asked to comment on the government’s legal proceedings, Süleyman Demirel was blunt: “This is illegal, a kind of occupation of our companies,” he told the Tercüman Gazete on June 28, 2005.

In a democracy, politics subordinates itself to the rule of law. While sitting with Bush at the White House, Erdoğan told the assembled press, “Turkey is open to any new investment as a county now of stability and security.” Increasingly, though, his actions do not justify his rhetoric. The best path to stability and security is through the rule of law and the independence of the judiciary.

5) I’ve been on Daniel Pipes’ email list for the past month or so, and it never stops entertaining. Does this fellow have an ego or what? Those whom he refers to as “extremists” are simply those who, unlike him, oppose rounding up all Muslims in America and throwing away the key…:

Television in Time of War
by Daniel Pipes
New York Sun
August 2, 2005
http://www.danielpipes.org/article/2825
[NY Sun title: “Wartime Television”]

Twice in the past two weeks, I found myself disinvited from television shows when I objected to appearing with representatives of radical Islam or the far-left. In both cases, once each with CNN and MSNBC, I agreed to precede or follow these persons, but I refused to debate them, resulting in my exclusion.

I have two reasons for not going on American television with people who hate the United States. (Non-American television – and Al-Jazeera in particular – is a different story.)

The lesser reason is personal: Appearing with Islamist motormouths and leftist attack-dogs is unpleasant. It often means refuting ad hominem calumnies and having to strike back. Besides the indignity involved, such vituperation can have unfortunate consequences. For example, my 2002 television debate with a far-leftist ended up distorted, at my expense, by an admirer of his in the pages of Newsweek magazine; fortunately, a full transcript of the show is available.

The more important reason for selective debate concerns extremism. For example, I have argued that television programmers should “close their doors” to one person because his fringe views preclude a constructive discussion (he lauded Chinese mass-murderer Mao Tse-tung for achievements that “can hardly be overstated”). After advocating this course of action, how can I then be party to this person’s appearing on television?

Television offers a unique medium for getting one’s ideas out to large numbers of people, especially when presented in a lively debate format, so I regret not appearing on screen. I find myself in a dilemma, wishing to accept television invitations but sometimes unable to do so.

This dilemma results from the flawed reasoning of television executives in democracies. My conversations with insiders reveal that they include extremists for three main reasons. First, because good viewer ratings are generated by impassioned, articulate, and known panelists with sharply clashing viewpoints. With this, I have no problem.

Second, today’s broadcasts strive toward impartiality. For instance, a memo distributed to Canadian Broadcast Corporation staff cautions against using the words “terrorist” and “terrorism,” because these “can leave journalists taking sides in a conflict.” The conceit that members of the press have no stake in the outcome of war is terribly wrong; just imagine how television talk shows would be after these same terrorists took over. (They did not flourish under the Taliban, to put it mildly.)

Third – and quite contradictorily – when pressed about the appropriateness of broadcasting the enemy’s view, producers assert they are doing a public service by exposing these. Is freedom of speech, they ask, not premised on the open marketplace of ideas? And does that not imply having faith that an informed citizenry will discern the sensible from the wrong-headed?

Yes and no. Freedom of speech means speaking one’s mind, without fear of going to jail. It does not imply the privilege to address a television audience.

Further, while unfettered free political speech is critical to debate taxation rates, school curricula, abortion, or for whom to vote, it makes no sense to promulgate the enemy viewpoint when a country is at war. Even though the great majority of viewers, listeners, and readers will be repulsed by the views of extremists, no less surely will a small minority find these attractive and compelling. We saw, for example, how the prominent exposition of Osama bin Laden’s ideas in 2001 inspired suicide bombers, including several of the London terrorists. If bin Laden and his ilk can convince just a tenth of 1% of Israeli Arabs, one thousand new suicide bombers have been formed.

Is this wise public policy?

The distinguished historian Conor Cruise O’Brien thinks not. When he served as the Irish minister of posts and telecommunications in 1976, he imposed a ban on interviews with Irish Republican Army terrorists and Sinn Fein members, arguing that it was necessary to prevent them from spreading their message. For the same reason, the Russian foreign ministry expressed its “strong indignation” after America’s ABC television last week interviewed Chechen terrorist leader Shamil Basayev.

The ideal solution lies not in creating censors’ bureaus to pass judgment on television content but for media executives to accept their responsibilities in time of war. On their own initiative, they should exclude the enemy’s apologists and advocates. Lively debate does not require such people; patriots with sharply differing views can also make sparks fly.

Posted in Uncategorized | 1 Comment

Iraq Conference, LeVine, Gulags, Afghanistan, Gaza

1) Here is an announcement for an Iraqi resistance conference, which is interesting if only because a number of people appear to be insufficiently afraid of US retaliation to hold such a conference in public. This is another sign that some kind of “tipping point” has been turned, and it’s not Cheney’s:

Recognizing the mounting strength of the Iraqi Resistance and the looming departure of the defeated American-Anglo occupation forces from Iraq, the Centre for Arabic Unity Studies organized a symposium on “The Future of Iraq” that was held in Beirut, Lebanon during July 25 – 28 , 2005. Its first related symposium was on “The Occupation of Iraq : Its Ramifications on the Arab world and Regionally and Internationally” that was held in Beirut during 8 – 11 March 2004.

While the first symposium dealt extensively with Iraq under the occupation discussing more than 20 scholarly papers that were published in a 1088 pages proceedings, the second symposium dealt with Iraq after the occupation.

108 Iraqi patriots (with about 40 PhD holders, and about half of the attendees came directly from Iraq) participated in the second symposium. They represented a wide spectrum of political parties, religious societies and independents. Their common denominator was their complete and unequivocal support for the Iraqi Resistance, the firm rejection of the occupiers’ agenda for Iraq and the refusal to participate within the political guidelines set by Bremer’s Orders** and Noah Feldman’s vision of what they consider to be an “Iraqinized Occupation”, including the sham “elections” of last February, the contorted and still-born “constitution” that is presently being conceived and the forming of a “sovereign Iraqi government” that is intentioned to serve the occupier’s wishes.

In preparing for this second symposium, the Centre for Arabic Unity Studies had asked highly qualified Iraqi experts in their field of specialization and with extensive professional experience to prepare papers in the following areas in order to serve as guiding posts for the patriotic government of Iraq that will take control of Iraq after its Liberation:

1 – The Constitution 2 – The law for a national elections committee 3 – The law for the elections of parliament members 4 – The law for forming societies and political parties 5 – The re-enactment of the reconstruction effort 6 – The oil industry and oil policy 7 – The Kurdish issue 8 – The reforming of the Iraqi army 9 – The media and the press 10 – Debts, reimbursements and reparations

During the first day of the symposium, the participants joined committees that discussed in detail the prepared papers and offered their comments on the topics 5 – 10 above. The first four topics were discussed by all present over the next day and a half in detail after reading verbatim important topics, such as the constitution. Many important comments and editions were offered, discussed and accepted or rejected in an exemplary debating fashion thanks to the firm, fair and experienced elucidations of the chair, Dr. Khair Al-Din Hassib, the Head of the Centre for Arab Unity Studies. Finally, the summaries of the discussions of the various committees that met on the first day were presented and rectified with additional comments and points.
The symposium ended with the participants’ voted wish to have the Centre publish in its own name the final versions of the papers that would include the input of the participants and to distribute them over the Internet and inside Iraq. This is a clear message to the occupiers that there is an alternate Iraqi force that fully supports the Iraqi Resistance, that does not accept or participate with the occupation and who is preparing for the considered future of a Liberated Iraq.

Dr. Hassib then invited those who wished to meet together to discuss the formation of a United National Front of parties, societies and independents who share the common belief in their support of the Iraqi Resistance and their struggle for the liberation of Iraq, to do so over the next day and a half. Dr. Hassib merely offered the administrative and secretarial services of the Centre for Arab Unity Studies but without its direct participation in these sessions. The spirit of Dr. Hassib’s firm, orderly and constructive debate prevailed and the discussions were open, frank and heated but civilized at points. A final declaration was discussed and agreed upon, and the consensus prevailed that an elected committee, whose members were returning to Iraq, would follow-up the intentions of the declaration under the umbrella of the National Iraqi Establishing Conference that already exists in Iraq. A second committee, whose members were Iraqis living abroad, was selected to promote the activities and disseminate news of the committee that is returning to Iraq in the mass media and the Internet. A web site will soon follow…

2) Mark LeVine editorial:

www.juancole.com

Guest Editorialby
Mark LeVine
Prof. Dept of History UC Irvine,
author, Why They Don’t Hate Us: Lifting the Veil on the Axis of Evil (Oneworld Publications, 2005)

‘ Just over two years ago I organized a forum of leading younger Muslim activists at the Central University in Budapest. Among those present were the Swiss born scholar Tariq Ramadan and the Moroccan political and social activist Nadia Yassine. Both, in very different ways, are at the center of the Bush Administration’s confusing policy of labeling certain Muslim religious leaders and organizations as “moderate” and others as “extremists” and attempting to isolate or support them based on this determination.

Last year the State Department revoked a visa granted to Dr. Ramadan, preventing him from accepting a prestigious professorship at Notre Dame. Last month it offered some support for Yassine, who is under indictment in Morocco for daring to suggest at a conference at UC Berkeley we both attended that a republican form of government would better serve Morocco’s citizens than its monarchy.

The divergent treatment of Yassine and Ramadan demonstrate why this latest attempt to rein in growing antipathy towards the US across the Muslim world is doomed to fail: the support for moderate figures is inconsistently given, not backed up by changes in American policy, and easily subverted by the larger strategic and ideological agenda of Bush Administration officials.

Ramadan, whose grandfather Hassan al-Banna was the founder of the Muslim Brotherhood in Egypt, is considered the most important Muslim religious intellectual in Europe. He has written and spoken extensively on the need for Muslims to avoid building a “ghetto Islam” and to work with people of all faiths to build a culture of peace and justice.

Indeed, when I was invited to a workshop organized for CIA and State Department officers on Islam in Europe a senior official explained to me “We know Ramadan is the real deal. How can we tell what other figures in Europe are like him and not being duplicitous?”

Yet days before he was to move to Indiana to take up his position at Notre Dame the Bush Administration revoked his visa on the unsubstantiated charge that he was a “secret supporter of al-Qa’eda.” The real reason would seem to be his outspoken criticism of the Israeli and US occupations, despite the fact that Ramadan has explicitly recognized Israel’s right to exist, warning his followers against “simplistic and superficial anti-Americanism,” and vociferously opposes terrorism.

Sadly, a potential ally in the war on terror is now another casualty, right at the time–as the London bombings have shown–when honest voices who understand the emerging generation of Western Muslims are desperately needed.

Nadia Yassine, as a leading spokesperson of the Moroccan Justice and Development movement, is one of the most visible and powerful women in the Muslim world. Equally at home quoting Noam Chomsky a
nd Islamic law, in our forum in Budapest she joined Ramadan in criticizing Muslim leaders who’ve “hijacked” Islam as harshly as she condemns US policy in the Muslim world.

Perhaps since Yassine has no plans to move to the United States and teach impressionable college students the US Embassy offered a few words of support before her trial despite her strong rebuke of American foreign policy. Or maybe it was to answer criticism of its tepid support of pro-democracy protesters elsewhere in the Muslim world. Strategically, the pressure on the Moroccan government is part of the larger strategy of convincing governments to work with so-called “moderate Islamists” who oppose violence, even if they don’t explicitly support US policies.

The hope would seem to be that bringing moderates like Yassine into the political process will further “moderate” their views and even improve their attitudes towards US policy in the region. Such hopes are Pollyannish at best and patronizing at worst.

The reality is that the US can’t have it three ways: it can’t ostracize some figures, offer support for others with
nearly identical views, yet at the same time provide hundreds of millions and even billions of dollars of aid to the governments that oppress them. As Nadia Yassine explained to me, “I have no confidence in American foreign policy.” Why should she as long as we are supporting the government that’s trying to jail her for speaking her mind?

America has to choose: either we continue supporting corrupt, authoritarian and often brutal governments or we support democracy and justice for the peoples of the Middle East and North Africa. There can be no middle ground; no lofty rhetoric undermined by realpolitik; no exceptions because of “security” or “strategic” considerations–They are what got us into this mess in the first place.

The former path means continued double standards and hypocritical policies, and with them a further erosion of support for the United States that will strengthen groups like al-Qa’eda and prolong the war on terror indefinitely. The latter means curtailing our economic, military and political support for the governments of the region, including Israel’s, until they actually promote peace, justice and democracy.

The second path is much more difficult, precisely because it involves an actual, substantive change in US policy. But as both Ramadan and Yassine made clear in Budapest, it will also win us many new allies, including some now considered enemies. Without them, the war on terrorism cannot be won. ‘

3) News from the dirty war:

http://www.guardian.co.uk/guantanamo/story/0,13743,1540752,00.html

Suspect’s tale of travel and torture

Alleged bomb plotter claims two and a half years of interrogation under US and UK supervision in ‘ghost prisons’ abroad

Stephen Grey and Ian Cobain
Tuesday August 2, 2005
The Guardian

A former London schoolboy accused of being a dedicated al-Qaida terrorist has given the first full account of the interrogation and alleged torture endured by so-called ghost detainees held at secret prisons around the world.

For two and a half years US authorities moved Benyam Mohammed around a series of prisons in Pakistan, Morocco and Afghanistan, before he was sent to Guantánamo Bay in September last year.

Mohammed, 26, who grew up in Notting Hill in west London, is alleged to be a key figure in terrorist plots intended to cause far greater loss of life than the suicide bombers of 7/7. One allegation, which he denies, is of planning to detonate a “dirty bomb” in a US city; another is that he and an accomplice planned to collapse a number of apartment blocks by renting ground-floor flats to seal, fill with gas from cooking appliances, and blow up with timed detonators.

In an statement given to his newly appointed lawyer, Mohammed has given an account of how he was tortured for more than two years after being questioned by US and British officials who he believes were from the FBI and MI6. As well as being beaten and subjected to loud music for long periods, he claims his genitals were sliced with scalpels.He alleges that in Morocco he was shown photos of people he knew from a west London mosque, and was asked about information he was told was supplied by MI5. One interrogator, he says, was a woman who said she was Canadian.

Drawing on his notes, Mohammed’s lawyer has compiled a 28-page diary of his torture. This has been declassified by the Pentagon, and extracts are published in the Guardian today.

Recruits to some groups connected to al-Qaida are thought to be instructed to make allegations of torture after capture, and most of Mohammed’s claims cannot be independently verified. But his description of a prison near Rabat closely resembles the Temara torture centre identified in a report by the US-based Human Rights Watch last October.

Furthermore, this newspaper has obtained flight records showing executive jets operated by the CIA flew in and out of Morocco on July 22 2002 and January 22 2004, the dates he says he was taken to and from the country.

If true, his account adds weight to concerns that the US authorities are torturing by proxy. It also highlights the dilemma of British authorities when they seek information from detainees overseas who they know, or suspect, are tortured.

The lawyer, Clive Stafford Smith, says: “This is outsourcing of torture, plain and simple. America knows torture is wrong but gets others to do its unconscionable dirty work.

“It’s clear from the evidence that UK officials knew about this rendition to Morocco before it happened. Our government’s responsibility must be to actively prevent the torture of our residents.”

Mohammed was born in Ethiopia and came to the UK aged 15 when his father sought asylum. After obtaining five GCSEs and an engineering diploma at the City of Westminster College in Paddington, he decided to stay in Britain when his father returned, and was given indefinite leave to remain. In his late teens he rediscovered Islam, prayed regularly at al-Manaar mosque in Notting Hill, and was a volunteer at its cultural centre. “He is remembered here as a very nice, quiet person, who never caused any trouble,” says Abdulkarim Khalil, its director.

He enjoyed football, and was thought good enough for a semi-professional career. “He was a quiet kid, he seemed deep thinking, although that might have been because his language skills weren’t great,” says Tyrone Forbes, his trainer.

In June 2001 Mohammed left his bedsit off Golborne Road, Notting Hill, and travelled to Afghanistan, via Pakistan. He maintains he wanted to see whether it was “a good Islamic country or not”. It appears likely that he spent time in a paramilitary training camp.

He returned to Pakistan sometime after 9/11, and remained at liberty until April 2002 – during which time, US authorities believe, he became involved in the dirty bomb and gas blast plots. His alleged accomplice, a Chicago-born convert to Islam, Jose Padilla, is detained in the US. Mohammed says interrogators repeatedly demanded he give evidence against him.

Mohammed was arrested in Karachi while trying to fly to Zurich – and thus entered a “ghost prison system” in which an unknown number of detainees are held at unregistered detention centres, and whose imprisonment is not admitted to the International Committee of the Red Cross.

His brother and sisters, who live in the US, say the FBI told them of his arrest in summer 2002, but they were unable to find out anything else until last February. In recent days the Bush administration is reported to have lobbied to block legislation, supported by some Republican senators, to prohibit the military engaging in “cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment”, and hiding prisoners from the Red Cross.

Mohamme
d alleges he was held at two prisons in Pakistan over three months, hung from leather straps, beaten, and threatened with a firearm by Pakistanis. In repeated questioning by men he believes were FBI agents, he was told he was to go to an Arab country because “the Pakistanis can’t do exactly what we want them to”.

The torture stopped after a visit by two bearded Britons; he believes they were MI6 officers. He says they told him he was to be tortured by Arabs. At one point, he says, they gave him a cup of tea and told him to take plenty of sugar because “where you’re going you need a lot of sugar”.

He says he was flown on what he believes was a US aircraft to Morocco, while shackled, blindfolded and wearing earphones. It was, he says, in a jail near Rabat that his real ordeal began. After a fortnight of questioningand intimidation, his captors tortured him with beatings and noise, on and off, for 18 months. He says his torturers used scalpels to make shallow, inch-long incisions on his chest and genitals.

Throughout, he was accused of being a senior al-Qaida terrorist and accomplice of Padilla. He denies these allegations, though he says that while tortured he would say whatever he thought his captors wanted. He signed a statement about the dirty bomb plot. At one point, he says, interrogators told him his GCSE grades, and asked about named staff at the housing association that owns his bedsit and about a man who taught him kickboxing in Notting Hill.

After 18 months, he says, he was flown to Afghanistan, escorted by masked US soldiers who were visibly shocked by his condition and took photos of his wounds.

During five months in a darkened cell in Kabul, he says he was kept chained, subjected to loud music, and questioned by Americans. Only after he was moved to Bagram air base was he shown to the Red Cross. Four months later he was flown to Guantánamo.

Mr Stafford Smith was first allowed to see him two months ago. He said there were marks of his injuries, and he is pressing the US to release the photos taken in Morocco and Afghanistan.

Asked about the allegations, the Foreign Office said the UK “unreservedly condemns the use of torture”. After
consulting with the Home Office, MI5, and MI6, a spokesman said: “The British government, including the security and intelligence services, never uses torture for any purpose. Nor would HMG instigate or condone the use of torture by third parties.

“Specific instructions are issued to all personnel of the UK security and intelligence services who are deployed to interview detainees, which include guidance on what to do if they considered that treatment in any way inappropriate.”

The FBI, the US justice department, the Moroccan interior ministry and the Moroccan embassy in London did not return calls. The CIA declined to comment.

4) Blumenthal Op-Ed:

The situation in Afghanistan is one of barely managed chaos

Sidney BlumenthalThursday July 21, 2005
Guardian

On the day of the London bombings, President Bush proclaimed: “The war on terror goes on.” Through the 2004 campaign, his winning theme was terror. He achieved the logic of a unified field theory connecting Iraq to Afghanistan by threading terror through both, despite the absence of evidence. He insisted that if we didn’t fight the terrorists there, we would be fighting them at home. In January, the CIA’s thinktank, the National Intelligence Council, issued a report describing Iraq as the magnet and training and recruiting ground for terrorism. The false rationale for the invasion had become a self-fulfilling prophecy. With his popularity flagging, Bush returned to the formulations that succeeded in his campaign.

In Bush’s “global war on terror” (Gwot), Iraq and Afghanistan present one extended battlefield against a common enemy – and the strategy is and must be the same. So far as Bush is concerned, it’s always either the day after 9/11 or the day before the Iraq invasion. Time stands still at two ideal political moments. But his consequences since are barely managed chaos.

“I was horrified by the president’s last speech [on the war on terror], so much unsaid, so much disingenuous, so many half truths,” said James Dobbins, Bush’s first envoy to Afghanistan, now director of international programmes at the Rand Corporation. Afghanistan is now the scene of a Taliban revival, chronic Pashtun violence, dominance by US-supported warlords who have become narco-lords, and a human rights black hole.

From the start, he said, the effort in Afghanistan was “grossly underfunded and undermanned”. The military doctrine was the first error. “The US focus on force protection and substitution of firepower for manpower creates significant collateral damage.” But the faith in firepower sustained the illusion that the mission could be “quicker, cheaper, easier”. And that justification fitted with Afghanistan being relegated into a sideshow to Iraq.

According to Dobbins, there was also “a generally negative appreciation of peacekeeping and nation building as components of US policy, a disinclination to learn anything from … Bosnia and Kosovo”.

Lack of accountability began at the top and filtered down. On the day of President Hamid Karzai’s inauguration in Afghanistan, in December 2001, Dobbins met General Tommy Franks, the Centcom commander, at the airport. As they drove to the ceremony, Dobbins informed Franks of press reports that US planes had mistakenly bombed a delegation of tribal leaders and killed perhaps several dozen. “It was the first time he heard about it. When he got out of the car, reporters asked him about it. He denied it happened. And he denied it happened for several days. It was classic deny first, investigate later. It turned out to be true. It was a normal reflex.”

Democracy was an afterthought for the White House, which believed it had little application to Afghans. At the Bonn conference establishing international legitimacy for the Kabul government, “the word ‘democracy’ was introduced at the insistence of the Iranian delegation”, Dobbins points out.

However, democracy – now the overriding rationale for the Gwot – does not include support for human rights. “In terms of the human rights situation in Afghanistan, Karzai is well meaning and moderate and thoroughly honourable,” said Dobbins, “but he’s overwhelmed.”

Donald Rumsfeld’s Pentagon and the White House removed restraints on torture. “These were command failures, not just isolated incidents … You didn’t have the checks and balances. They’ve had consequences in terms of public image.” In April, the US succeeded in abolishing the office of the UN rapporteur on human rights for Afghanistan.

Dobbins believes that the operation in Afghanistan has improved, but that the administration “hasn’t readily acknowledged its mistakes, and corrected them only after losing a good deal of ground, irrecoverable ground … most of the violence is not al-Qaida type, but Pashtun sectarian violence. It’s not international
terrorism.”

Facts on the ground cannot alter Bush’s stentorian summons to the Gwot. “This is a campaign conducted
primarily, and should be, by law enforcement, diplomatic and intelligence means,” Dobbins said. “The militarisation of the concept is a theme that mobilises the American public effectively, but it’s not a theme that resonates well in the Middle East or with our allies elsewhere in the world.”

“We’re taking the fight to the terrorists abroad, so we don’t have to face them here at home,” Bush declared in June – and repeated endlessly – finally appearing vindicated with the London attacks. London, like Iraq and Afghanistan, is “there”, not “here”.

7 Sidney Blumenthal, a former senior adviser to President Clinton, is author of The Clinton Wars

5) Gaza disengagement plan FAQ’s, quite informative:

From The Palestinian Technical Team on Israel’s Evacuat
ion

Israel’s Unilateral “Disengagement” – Answers to Frequently Asked Questions—————————————————–

“[The] formula for the parameters of unilateral solution are: To maximize the number of Jews; minimize the number of Palestinians; not to withdraw to the 1967 border and not to divide Jerusalem.”
– Ehud Olmert, Israel’s Deputy Prime Minister[1]

Frequently Asked Questions:

What is the Israeli “Disengagement” Plan?

The Israeli “disengagement plan” (unveiled by Israeli PM Sharon in December 2003) is a unilateral two-part plan: (1) the evacuation of all Israeli colonies from the Occupied Gaza Strip (with a total settler population of 7,300) and four small colonies in the northern Occupied West Bank (with a total settler population of 475); (2) the ongoing colonization of the West Bank and its ancillary construction of the Wall, designed to fragment Palestinian communities.

The term “disengagement” is a misnomer: it implies that Israel will no longer control the Palestinians. Yet, under the terms of Israel’s plan, Israel will retain complete control over the Occupied Gaza Strip as it will control all borders and crossing points (thereby controlling the movement of goods and people), Palestinian airspace and water space. Israel has also reserved itself the right to reinvade the Occupied Gaza Strip at will thereby ensuring its military control over the area. In effect, what Israel aims to isolate the Occupied Gaza Strip and cut it off from the rest of the world.

Why is Israel carrying out this Plan?

The Plan is part of Israel’s long-term strategy to rid itself of as many Palestinians as possible while retaining as much Palestinian land as possible. By evacuating Israel’s colonies in the Occupied Gaza Strip, Israel can divert attention away from its ongoing colonization in the Occupied West Bank. In exchange for evacuating colonies in the Gaza Strip (a mere 4.8 percent of Occupied Palestinian Territory), Israel will continue to build its colonies and Wall in the Occupied West Bank, taking more than 45 percent of Occupied Palestinian Territory.

What will happen to the Israeli colonies?

The Israeli government has taken a unilateral decision to demolish the structures in the colonies, including houses.

But can’t the houses be used to resettle Palestinians?

Not really. The Occupied Gaza Strip is 365 km2, and has an estimated Palestinian population of 1.3 million, living on 55 km2 of built-up land, making the Occupied Gaza Strip the most densely populated place on earth. In twenty years, the population of the Gaza Strip is expected to reach 2 million Palestinians.

Israel’s colonization of the Gaza Strip was carried out in a horizontal fashion: Israel’s colonies take up approximately 20 percent of the land of the Gaza Strip and house a mere 7,300 settlers in 2,800 houses. These 2,800 houses will not be able to meet the housing demands of the burgeoning Palestinian population. Instead, the land upon which the colonies sit can be used to build high-rise apartments to house more people while simultaneously freeing land for investment purposes to rehabilitate the Palestinian economy.
Where will the rubble be taken?

For environmental reasons, the rubble (approximately 80,000 tonnes) cannot be reused and therefore it must be disposed of in a manner that is not hazardous. The PA insists that the rubble cannot be stored in Gaza (for environmental, health and space reasons) and therefore it must be transported out of the Gaza Strip.
Will the land evacuated by Israel return to its rightful owners?

Yes. Ninety-five percent of the land upon which Israel’s colonies and military installations are built is “state land” and accordingly will revert to the public domain upon evacuation. The remaining five percent of the land belongs to private Palestinian owners who will have their land returned to them in accordance with Palestinian law.

What about the rest of the land?

Given that the land will revert to the public domain, projects for the public will be developed there. The Ministry of Planning is currently revising its regional plan for the evacuated areas and aims to build hospitals, schools and housing projects as well as tourist locations in the areas evacuated by Israel.

What will happen to the Gaza Strip following the evacuation?

The Palestinian Authority aims to revitalize the Palestinian economy of the Gaza Strip by encouraging investment and hence creating jobs. However, in order to revitalize the economy Israel’s cooperation (and international support) is necessary. While the colonization of the Gaza Strip will end, Israel’s occupation of it will not. Currently, Israel strictly controls all access in and out of the Occupied Gaza Strip, both for people and goods. If the current levels of absolute control continue, the Gaza Strip will be cut off from the Occupied West Bank and the rest of the world, thereby turning the Gaza Strip into a large prison. For the Gazan economy to improve and for the evacuation of the Gaza Strip to be a model of success, Israel will have to ensure that Palestinians and their goods are provided free movement and that the Palestinians are allowed to live without Israeli control over their lives and economy.

Don’t you feel sorry for the settlers?

Israeli citizens were given large incentives to move into Occupied Palestinian Territory, including large housing subsidies, lower income tax rates and subsidies for their factories located in Occupied Palestinian Territory. Israeli settlers are now also being compensated for evacuating from the Occupied Gaza Strip and are being resettled at Israel’s expense in Israel.

The settlers have been the cause of Israel’s ongoing military occupation of Palestinian Territory. Their presence has led to: (1) greater Israeli military presence in Occupied Palestinian Territory; (2) the confiscation of Palestinian land for the construction of Israeli-only colonies and roads, often in the name of “security”; (3) the destruction and demolition of Palestinian homes and historic locales and (4) led to a dual system of laws imposed in Occupied Palestinian Territory: Israeli settlers, who number 430,000, live under Israeli civilian law, granted superior rights to 3.5 million Palestinians who are subject to Israeli military law, thereby denied their freedom. Israelis are granted complete freedom of movement in Occupied Palestinian Territory and Israel while Palestinians are relegated to Palestinian-only roads (that lead only to Palestinian areas), live behind hundreds of checkpoints and road barriers (situated in Occupied Palestinian Territory) and require Israeli permission to cross these checkpoints. Israeli settlers have been involved in a number of crimes against Palestinians and their property that have largely gone unprosecuted. Human rights organizations, including Israeli, have maintained reports on such incidents.

What can be done to revitalize the Gaza Strip?

Currently, Israel exercises complete control over the Palestinian economy by controlling the movement of Palestinians and their goods. In the Occupied West Bank, for example, Israel maintains hundreds of checkpoints and barriers designed to fragment Palestinian communities. Palestinian goods are subject to a “back-to-back” system of movement, wherein Palestinian goods are unloaded and reloaded onto different trucks several times before reaching their final destination. For example, goods originating from Hebron (in the Occupied West Bank) destined for Nablus (also in the Occupied West Bank) must be unloaded and reloaded an estimated seven times. Obviously this increases transportation costs and the time for which goods reach their destination.

Furthermore, Israel does not maintain systematized rules or procedures for the movement of Palestinian goods, thereby inc
reasing risk and uncertainty among investors. In the Karni terminal (the sole terminal for the movement of Palestinian goods from the Occupied Gaza Strip), rules for the movement of goods are frequently changed by the Israelis. Today, a mere 50 trucks per day of Palestinian goods are allowed to leave the terminal, owing to the onerous and unpredictable searches. Israeli goods, which do not have to go through any security procedures are shipped in daily on more than 300 trucks. Accordingly, Israeli goods are often less expensive to Palestinians and Palestinian reliance upon such goods is increased.
Israel can easily improve the economy by simply removing its barriers and checkpoints and by allowing Palestinian goods to move based on international principles of “door-to-door” wherein Palestinian goods are freely allowed to move without onerous security searches that are not imposed on Israeli goods.
By creating certainty among investors, the economy of the Gaza Strip can be revitalized and improved. The World Bank is in agreement with this conclusion: “Palestinian economic recovery depends on a radical easing of internal closures throughout the West Bank [and Gaza] the opening of Palestinian external borders to commodity trade, and sustaining a reasonable flow of Palestinian labor into Israel.” See Disengagement, The
Palestinian Economy and the Settlements”, the World Bank, June 15, 2004.

Will Palestinians remain subject to the same movement restrictions?

Currently, Palestinians require Israeli permits to travel: (1) within the Occupied West Bank; (2) between the Occupied West Bank and the Occupied Gaza Strip and (3) to Israel. Palestinians in the Gaza Strip also require Israeli permission to cross international boundaries to visit other countries. Such permits are granted rarely (less than 30 percent of the Palestinian population receives such permits) and in the Occupied Gaza Strip, approximately 90 percent of the Palestinian population

Under the Oslo Agreements, Israel was supposed to have instituted a “safe passage” between the Occupied West Bank and Gaza Strip to ensure freedom of movement for Palestinians within Occupied Palestinian Territory. Passage through the “safe passage” remained subject to strict Israeli control and in 2000 Israel closed the safe passage route thereby isolating the Occupied Gaza Strip from the rest of Occupied Palestinian Territory.

In order to ensure that Palestinians are not enclosed in a large prison, freedom of movement must be guaranteed. Yet, while Israel asserts that it wants to “disengage” from the Occupied Gaza Strip, it wants to retain control over Palestinians and their economy. Israel has yet to respond to whether freedom of movement for Palestinians will be guaranteed: whether Palestinians will be able to travel to the rest of Occupied Palestinian Territory and whether Palestinians will continue to require Israeli permission to leave the Gaza Strip and whether Palestinians will be able to freely travel throughout the Occupied West Bank.
While many discussions have taken place on the mode for transportation (sunken road, railroad, convoy), these discussions remain inconclusive.

With respect to the Rafah terminal (movement to Egypt), talks also remain inconclusive: While the Palestinians continue to insist on no Israeli presence in the Rafah terminal (and hence allow for the free movement of Palestinians), Israel has yet to agree. What will be the international legal status of the evacuated areas following the evacuation?

The Gaza Strip and the northern West Bank will remain occupied territory. Israel will still be subject to international obligations embodied in the Fourth Geneva Convention and in various human rights agreements.

For 38 years Israel has carried out two projects in the West Bank (including East Jerusalem) and the Gaza Strip: (1) colonization of the areas through the construction of Israeli-only housing and roads and (2) military occupation of the areas through the imposition of Israeli military law on the areas and its inhabitants. While the colonization process may cease in the Occupied Gaza Strip and northern West Bank, the military occupation will continue.

What will happen to the airport?

The Palestinian International Airport was opened in 1998 by Presidents Clinton and Arafat and serviced Palestinians seeking to fly in and out of the Occupied Gaza Strip. The airport operated under the strict control of Israel. In 2000, the Israeli Army closed the airport and several months later destroyed the runway and control tower, with estimated damages exceeding more than USD $8 million. It has remained closed.
Following Israel’s evacuation, the Palestinian Authority seeks to open the airport, but, to date, discussions with Israel have been inconclusive.

Can’t the greenhouses based in the colonies be used as a means of job creation?

The greenhouses in the colonies produce “organic” food that is exported to European markets. The greenhouses are heavily subsidized by the Israeli government and water is shipped in from Israel owing to the polluted nature of the Gaza coastal aquifer. The greenhouses currently employ approximately 4,000 Palestinians. While, on face level, it may seem like a good idea for these greenhouses to be maintained, unless the free movement of the goods produced in these greenhouses can be guaranteed and unless the subsidies can be maintained, the greenhouses will be worthless.

What will happen to the Erez Industrial Estate?

The fate of the Erez Industrial Estate (“EIE”) remains in the hands of Israel. Currently, goods produced in the EIE do not undergo any security or other searches before entering the Israeli markets. After the evacuation, the EIE will revert to the Palestinian public domain and, according to Israeli officials, goods produced there will be subject to Israeli searches as well as the existing “back-to-back” system for the movement of Palestinian goods. This will undoubtedly discourage investment and likely kill the prospects of the EIE (or any industrial area). If the Palestinian economy is to recover, Israel’s control over the Palestinian economy will have to cease: the back-to-back system will have to be replaced immediately with the “door-to-door” system of movement that allows goods to reach their destination without the senseless unload/reload system employed by Israel.

But isn’t the evacuation of colonies a good thing?

The evacuation and dismantlement of Israel’s colonies is always welcomed (owing to the fact that these colonies are one of the reasons that the Palestinians are denied their freedom). However, there are two parts to Israel’s plan: one entails the evacuation of colonies (but the maintenance of Israeli military control over the area) and the second entails the continued colonization of the West Bank. It is irresponsible to simply focus on one side of the equation while ignoring the other. So, while the Palestinians may be pleased that the colonization of the Gaza Strip is coming to an end, it is clear that the colonization of the West Bank will be intensified. It is also clear that the military occupation of both areas will remain. Therefore while there is much fanfare regarding Israel’s evacuation, real applause should be withheld until Israel completely ends its military occupation of the West Bank (including East Jerusalem) and the Gaza Strip. Until that time, Israel should be punished for its ongoing violations of international law and human rights – not rewarded.
Written by Diana Buttu, Communications Director to the Palestinian Technical Team

[1] In an interview with Ha’aretz newspaper, Deputy PM Olmert describes his vision for “peace” with the Palestinians. David Landau, Maximum Jews; Minimum Palestinians, Ha’aretz GA Coverage, Online Edition 5 December 2003. http://www.haaretz.com/GA/pages/ShArtGA.jhtml?ite
mNo=360533

Posted in Uncategorized | 1 Comment

WMDs, Pilger, Campus Watch, Herbert, Book, Withdrawal, Fundamentalism, Hiroshima

Happy Hiroshima week, for those who fail to remember. Also, big day for high-profile obits: King Fahd, John Garang, and Wim Duisenberg.

1) This is pretty incendiary stuff, although it’s being hushed. There WERE CIA staff who believed that Iraq’s WMD program was non-existent in 2002, but they were hushed up. Also, note the date for when the CIA’s assessments of Iraqi capabilities started to be revised — early 2001. The fix was in long before 9/11:

http://www.nytimes.com/2005/08/01/politics/01weapons.html?

Spy’s Notes on Iraqi Aims Were Shelved, Suit Says
By JAMES RISEN
Published: August 1, 2005

WASHINGTON, July 31 – The Central Intelligence Agency was told by an informant in the spring of 2001 that Iraq had abandoned a major element of its nuclear weapons program, but the agency did not share the information with other agencies or with senior policy makers, a former C.I.A. officer has charged.
In a lawsuit filed in federal court here in December, the former C.I.A. officer, whose name remains secret, said that the informant told him that Iraq’s uranium enrichment program had ended years earlier and that centrifuge components from the scuttled program were available for examination and even purchase.
The officer, an employee at the agency for more than 20 years, including several years in a clandestine unit assigned to gather intelligence related to illicit weapons, was fired in 2004.

In his lawsuit, he says his dismissal was punishment for his reports questioning the agency’s assumptions on a series of weapons-related matters. Among other things, he charged that he had been the target of retaliation for his refusal to go along with the agency’s intelligence conclusions.

Michelle Neff, a C.I.A. spokeswoman, said the agency would not comment on the lawsuit.

It was not possible to verify independently the former officer’s allegations concerning his reporting on illicit weapons.

His information on the Iraqi nuclear program, described as coming from a significant source, would have arrived at a time when the C.I.A. was starting to reconsider whether Iraq had revived its efforts to develop nuclear weapons. The agency’s conclusion that this was happening, eventually made public by the Bush administration in 2002 as part of its rationale for war, has since been found to be incorrect.

While the existence of the lawsuit has previously been reported, details of the case have not been made public because the documents in his suit have been heavily censored by the government and the substance of the claims are classified. The officer’s name remains secret, in part because disclosing it might jeopardize the agency’s sources or operations.

Several people with detailed knowledge of the case provided information to The New York Times about his allegations, but insisted on anonymity because the matter is classified.

The former officer’s lawyer, Roy W. Krieger, said he could not discuss his client’s claims. He likened his client’s situation to that of Valerie Wilson, also known as Valerie Plame, the clandestine C.I.A. officer whose role was leaked to the press after her husband publicly challenged some administration conclusions about Iraq’s nuclear ambitions. (The former officer and Ms. Wilson worked in the same unit of the agency.)

“In both cases, officials brought unwelcome information on W.M.D. in the period prior to the Iraq invasion, and retribution followed,” said Mr. Krieger, referring to weapons of mass destruction.

In court documents, the former officer says that he learned in 2003 that he was the subject of a counterintelligence investigation and accused of having sex with a female contact, a charge he denies. Eight months after learning of the investigation, he said in the court documents, the agency’s inspector general’s office informed him that he was under investigation for diverting to his own use money earmarked for payments to informants. He denies that, too.

The former officer’s claims concerning his reporting on the Iraqi nuclear weapons program were not addressed in a report issued in March by the presidential commission that examined intelligence regarding such weapons in Iraq. He did not testify before the commission, Mr. Krieger said.

A former senior staff member of the commission said the panel was not aware of the officer’s allegations. The claims were also not included in the 2004 report by the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence on prewar intelligence. He and his lawyer met with staff members of that Senate committee in a closed-door session last December, months after the report was issued.

In his lawsuit, the former officer said that in the spring of 2001, he met with a valuable informant who had examined and purchased parts of Iraqi centrifuges. Centrifuges are used to turn uranium into fuel for nuclear weapons. The informant reported that the Iraqi government had long since canceled its uranium enrichment program and that the C.I.A. could buy centrifuge components if it wanted to.

The officer filed his reports with the Counter Proliferation Division in the agency’s clandestine espionage arm. The reports were never disseminated to other American intelligence agencies or to policy makers, as is typically done, he charged.

According to his suit, he was told that the agency already had detailed information about continuing Iraqi nuclear weapons efforts, and that his informant should focus on other countries.

He said his reports about Iraq came just as the agency was fundamentally shifting its view of Iraq’s nuclear ambitions.

Throughout much of the 1990’s, the C.I.A. and other United States intelligence agencies believed that Iraq had largely abandoned its nuclear weapons program. In December 2000, the intelligence agencies issued a classified assessment stating that Iraq did not appear to have taken significant steps toward the reconstitution of the program, according to the presidential commission report concerning illicit weapons.

But that assessment changed in early 2001 – a critical period in the intelligence community’s handling of the Iraqi nuclear issue, the commission concluded. In March 2001, intelligence indicating that Iraq was seeking high-strength aluminum tubes from China greatly influenced the agency’s thinking. Analysts soon came to believe that the only possible explanation for Iraq’s purchase of the tubes was to develop high-tech centrifuges for a new uranium enrichment program.

By the following year, the agency’s view had hardened, despite differing interpretations of the tubes’ purposes by other intelligence experts. In October 2002, the National Intelligence Estimate, produced by the intelligence community under pressure from Congress, stated that most of the nation’s intelligence agencies believed that Iraq was reconstituting its nuclear program, based in large part on the aluminum tubes.
The commission concluded that intelligence failures on the Iraqi nuclear issue were as serious and damaging as any other during the prelude to the Iraqi war. The nation’s intelligence community was wrong “on what many would view as the single most important judgment it made” before the Iraq invasion in March 2003, the commission report said.

Mr. Krieger said he had asked the court handling the case to declassify his client’s suit, but the C.I.A. had moved to classify most of his motion seeking declassification. He added that he recently sent a letter to the director of the F.B.I. requesting an investigation of his client’s complaints, but that the C.I.A. had classified that letter, as well.

Most of the details of the case, he said, “were classified by the C.I.A., not to protect national security but to conceal politically embarrassing facts from public scrutiny.”

2) John Pilger Op-Ed:
Blair Is Unfit to B
e Prime Minister
By John Pilger
The New Statesman, UK
25 July 2005 Issue

Terror and the UK – The senseless repercussions ofinterventions in Afghanistan, Iraq and Palestinedemand that we renew our anger at our leaders. Ourtroops must come home. We owe it to all those who diedin London on 7 July.

In all the coverage of the bombing of London, atruth has struggled to be heard. With honourableexceptions, it has been said guardedly,apologetically. Occasionally, a member of the publichas broken the silence, as an east Londoner did whenhe walked in front of a CNN camera crew and reporterin mid-platitude. “Iraq!” he said. “We invaded Iraqand what did we expect? Go on, say it.”

Alex Salmond tried to say it on Today on Radio 4.He was told he was speaking “in poor taste . . .before the bodies are even buried”. George Gallowaywas lectured on Newsnight (BBC2) that he was being”crass”. The inimitable Ken Livingstone contradictedhis previous statement, which was that the invasion ofIraq would come home to London. With the exception ofGalloway, not one so-called anti-war MP spoke out inclear, unequivocal English. The warmongers wereallowed to fix the boundaries of public debate; one ofthe more idiotic, in the Guardian, called Blair “theworld’s leading statesman”.

And yet, like the man who interrupted CNN, peopleunderstand and know why, just as the majority ofBritons oppose the war and believe Blair is a liar.This frightens the British political elite. At a largemedia party I attended, many of the important guestsuttered “Iraq” and “Blair” as a kind of catharsis forthat which they dared not say professionally andpublicly.

The bombs of 7 July were Blair’s bombs.

Blair brought home to this country his and Bush’sillegal, unprovoked and blood-soaked adventure in theMiddle East. Were it not for his epicirresponsibility, the Londoners who died in the Tubeand on the No 30 bus almost certainly would be alivetoday. This is what Livingstone ought to have said. Toparaphrase perhaps the only challenging question putto Blair on the eve of the invasion, it is now surelybeyond all doubt that the man is unfit to be primeminister.

How much more evidence is needed? Before theinvasion, Blair was warned by the Joint IntelligenceCommittee that “by far the greatest terrorist threat”to this country would be “heightened by militaryaction against Iraq”. He was warned by 79 per cent ofLondoners who, according to a YouGov survey inFebruary 2003, believed that a British attack on Iraq”would make a terrorist attack on London more likely”.A month ago, a leaked, classified CIA report revealedthat the invasion had turned Iraq into a focal pointof terrorism. Before the invasion, said the CIA, Iraq”exported no terrorist threat to its neighbors”because Saddam Hussein was “implacably hostile toal-Qaeda”.

Now, an 18 July report by the Chatham Houseorganization, a “think tank” deep within the Britishestablishment, may well beckon Blair’s coup de grâce.It says there is “no doubt” the invasion of Iraq has”given a boost to the al-Qaeda network” in”propaganda, recruitment and fundraising” whileproviding an ideal targeting and training area forterrorists. “Riding pillion with a powerful ally” hascost Iraqi, American and British lives. The right-wingacademic, Paul Wilkinson, a voice of western power,was the principal author. Read between the lines andit says the prime minister is now a serious liability.Those who run this country know he has committed agreat crime; the “link” has been made.

Blair’s bunker-mantra is that there was terrorismlong before the invasion, notably 11 September. Anyonewith an understanding of the painful history of theMiddle East would not have been surprised by 11September or by the bombing of Madrid and London, onlythat they had not happened earlier. I have reportedthe region for 35 years, and if I could describe in aword how millions of Arab and Muslim people felt, Iwould say “humiliated”. When Egypt looked like winningback its captured territory in the 1973 war withIsrael, I walked through jubilant crowds in Cairo: itfelt as if the weight of history’s humiliation hadlifted. In a very Egyptian flourish, one man said tome, “We once chased cricket balls at the British club.Now we are free.”

They were not free, of course. The Americansre-supplied the Israeli army and they almost losteverything again. In Palestine, the humiliation of acaptive people is Israeli policy. How many Palestinianbabies have died at Israeli checkpoints after theirmothers, bleeding and screaming in premature labor,have been forced to give birth beside the road at amilitary checkpoint with the lights of a hospital inthe distance? How many old men have been forced toshow obeisance to young Israeli conscripts? How manyfamilies have been blown to bits by America-suppliedF-16s with British-supplied parts?

The gravity of the bombing of London, said a BBCcommentator, “can be measured by the fact that itmarks
Britain’s first suicide bombing”. What aboutIraq? There were no suicide bombers in Iraq untilBlair and Bush invaded. What about Palestine? Therewere no suicide bombers in Palestine until ArielSharon, an accredited war criminal sponsored by Bushand Blair, came to power. In the 1991 Gulf “war”,American and British forces left more than 200,000Iraqis dead and injured and the infrastructure oftheir country in “an apocalyptic state”, according tothe United Nations. The subsequent embargo, designedand promoted by zealots in Washington and Whitehall,was not unlike a medieval siege. Denis Halliday, theUnited Nations official assigned to administer thenear-starvation food allowance, called it “genocidal”.

I witnessed its consequences: tracts of southernIraq contaminated with depleted uranium and clusterbomblets waiting to explode. I watched dying children,some of the half a million infants whose deaths Unicefattributed to the embargo – deaths which US Secretaryof State Madeline Albright said were “worth it”. Inthe west, this was hardly reported. Throughout theMuslim world, the bitterness was like a presence, itscontagion reaching many young British-born Muslims.

In 2001, in revenge for the killing of 3,000people in the Twin Towers, more than 20,000 Muslimsdied in the Anglo-American invasion of Afghanistan.This was revealed by Jonathan Steele in the LondonGuardian and was never news, to my knowledge. Theattack on Iraq was the Rubicon, making the reprisalagainst Madrid and the bombing of London entirelypredictable: the latter “in response to the massacrescarried out by Britain in Iraq and Afghanistan …”,claimed a group called the Organization for El Qaedain Europe. Whether or not the claim was genuine, thereason was. Bush and Blair wanted a “war on terror”and they got it.

Omitted from public discussion is that their stateterror makes al-Qaeda’s appear miniscule bycomparison. More than 100,000 Iraqi men, woman andchildren have been killed, not by suicide bombers, butby the Anglo-American “coalition”, says apeer-reviewed study published in the Lancet, andlargely ignored.

In his poem “From Iraq”, Michael Rosen wrote:

We are the unfound We are uncounted You don’t see the homes we made We’re not even the small print or the bit in brackets. . . because we lived far from you, because you have cameras that point the other way . .. Imagine, for a moment, you are in the Iraqi cityof Fallujah. It is an American police state, like avast penned ghetto. Since April last year, thehospitals there have been subjected to an Americanpolicy of collective punishment. Staff have beenattacked by US marines, doctors have been shot,emergency medicines blocked. Children have beenmurdered in front of their families.

Now imagine the same state of affairs imposed onthe London hospitals that received the victims of thebombing. When will someone draw this parallel at oneof Blair’s staged “press conferences”, at which he isallowed to emote for the cameras about
“our valuesoutlast [ing] theirs”? Silence is not journalism. InFallujah, they know “our values” only too well. Andwhen will someone invite the obsequious Bob Geldoff toexplain why his hero, Blair’s smoke-and-mirrors “debtcancellation” amounts to less than the money the Blairgovernment spends in a week, brutalizing Iraq?

The hand-wringing over “whither Islam’s soul” isanother distraction. Christianity leaves Islam fordead as an industrial killer. The cause of the currentterrorism is neither religion nor hatred for “our wayof life”. It is political, requiring a politicalsolution. It is injustice and double standards, whichplant the deepest grievances. That, and theculpability of our leaders, and the “cameras thatpoint the other way”, are the core of it.

On 19 July, while the BBC governors were holdingtheir annual general meeting at Television Centre, aninspired group of British documentary filmmakers metoutside the main gates and conducted a series of newsreports of the kind you do not see on television.Actors played famous reporters doing their “camerapieces”. The “stories” they reported included thetargeting of the civilian population of Iraq, theapplication of the Nuremberg Principles to Iraq,America’s illegal rewriting of the laws of Iraq andtheft of its resources through privatization, theeveryday torture and humiliation of ordinary peopleand the failure to protect Iraqis archaeological andcultural heritage.

Blair is using the London bombing to furtherdeplete our rights and those of others, as Bush hasdone in America. Their goal is not security, butgreater control. The memory of their victims in Iraq,Afghanistan, Palestine and elsewhere demands therenewal of our anger. The troops must come home.Nothing less is owed to those who died and suffered inLondon on 7 July, unnecessarily, and nothing less isowed to those whose lives are marked if this travestyendures.

3) Here’s the website of “Campus Watch,” those that would have Middle East Studies in US campuses reflect “US interests”…:

http://www.campus-watch.org/

4) Bob Herbert Op-Ed. It’s quite unusual that such a blatantly obvious, yet largely heretical, viewpoint actually makes it to print in US large circulation dailies. Perhaps it’s another positive sign. Perhaps not:

July 28, 2005
Oil and Blood
By BOB HERBERT

It is now generally understood that the U.S.-led war in Iraq has become a debacle. Nevertheless, Iraqis are supposed to have their constitution ratified and a permanent government elected by the end of the year. It’s a logical escape hatch for George W. Bush. He could declare victory, as a senator once suggested to Lyndon Johnson in the early years of Vietnam, and bring the troops home as quickly as possible.

His mantra would be: There’s a government in place. We won. We’re out of there.

But don’t count on it. The Bush administration has no plans to bring the troops home from this misguided war, which has taken a fearful toll in lives and injuries while at the same time weakening the military, damaging the international reputation of the United States, serving as a world-class recruiting tool for terrorist groups and blowing a hole the size of Baghdad in Washington’s budget.

A wiser leader would begin to cut some of these losses. But the whole point of this war, it seems, was to establish a long-term military presence in Iraq to ensure American domination of the Middle East and its precious oil reserves, which have been described, the author Daniel Yergin tells us, as “the greatest single prize in all history.”

You can run through all the wildly varying rationales for this war: the weapons of mass destruction (that were never found), the need to remove the unmitigated evil of Saddam (whom we had once cozied up to), the connection to Al Qaeda (which was bogus), and, one of President Bush’s favorites, the need to fight the terrorists “over there” so we won’t have to fight them here at home.

All the rationales have to genuflect before “The Prize,” the title of Mr. Yergin’s Pulitzer-Prize-winning book.
It’s the oil, stupid.

What has so often gotten lost in all the talk about terror and weapons of mass destruction is the fact that for so many of the most influential members of the Bush administration, the obsessive desire to invade Iraq preceded the Sept. 11 attacks. It preceded the Bush administration. The neoconservatives were beating the war drums on Iraq as far back as the late 1990’s.

Iraq was supposed to be a first step. Iran was also in the neoconservatives’ sights. The neocons envisaged U.S. control of the region (and its oil), to be followed inevitably by the realization of their ultimate dream, a global American empire. Of course it sounds like madness, which is why we should have been paying closer attention from the beginning.

The madness took a Dr. Strangelovian turn in the summer of 2002, before the war with Iraq was launched. As The Washington Post first reported , an influential Pentagon advisory board was given a briefing prepared by a Rand Corporation analyst who said the U.S. should consider seizing the oil fields and financial assets of Saudi Arabia if it did not stop its support of terrorism.

Mercifully the briefing went nowhere. Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld said it did not represent the “dominant opinion” within the administration.

The point here is that the invasion of Iraq was part of a much larger, long-term policy that had to do with the U.S. imposing its will, militarily when necessary, throughout the Middle East and beyond. The war has gone badly, and the viciousness of the Iraq insurgency has put the torch to the idea of further pre-emptive adventures by the Bush administration.

But dreams of empire die hard. American G.I.’s are dug into Iraq, and the bases have been built for a long stay. The war may be going badly, but the primary consideration is that there is still a tremendous amount of oil at stake, the second-largest reserves on the planet. And neocon fantasies aside, the global competition for the planet’s finite oil reserves intensifies by the hour.

Lyndon Johnson ignored the unsolicited advice of Senator George Aiken of Vermont – to declare victory in Vietnam in 1966. The war continued for nearly a decade. Many high-level government figures believe that U.S. troops will be in Iraq for a minimum of 5 more years, and perhaps 10.

That should be understood by the people who think that the formation of a permanent Iraqi government will lead to the withdrawal of American troops. There is no real withdrawal plan. The fighting and the dying will continue indefinitely.

E-mail: bobherb@nytimes.com

5) “How America Lost Iraq” book announcement:

Dear Friends,

I am proud to report that “How America Lost Iraq,” my unembedded book about Iraq under U.S. occupation is now a bestseller. As of today, it is #9 on the San Francisco Chronicle’s list

http://www.sfgate.com/eguide/books/bestsellers/

Please keep spreading the word. Help make “How America Lost Iraq” become the first piece of unembedded journalism to hit the mainstream!

The book has also racked up a few glowing reviews.

Here’s what the Seattle Times had to say:

“A no holds barred look at our Iraq quagmire … an important first-person document historians will look to in the future as they draw a more complete picture of America’s catastrophic victory in Iraq.—Seattle Times
Publisher’s Weekly gave How America Lost Iraq a starred review

“Glantz’s account is full of interviews with ordinary Iraqis, and from their evolving thoughts and experiences he builds a critique of the many American misconceptions about Iraq, one that castigates
equally the left’s knee-jerk preconceptions, the occupation authorities’ cluelessness and heavy-handed misrule and the media’s lack of interest in the suffering of Iraqis. The result is a nuanced and hard-hitting indictment.”
—Publisher’s Weekly

The book has also been written up favorably in a number of newspapers including the Toronto Globe and Mail and the San Francisco Chronicle.

More information is up at www.aaronglantz.com.

Keep spreading the word!

Aaron

6) Withdrawal finally under contemplation?:

Iraq exit on the agenda
By Jim Lobe
http://www.atimes.com

WASHINGTON – Growing pessimism about averting civil war in Iraq as well as concerns that the US military presence there may itself be fueling the insurgency and Islamist extremism worldwide, have spurred a spate of new calls for the United States to withdraw its 140,000 troops sooner rather than later.

Though resolutions to establish at least a timeline for withdrawal have so far gained the support of only about a quarter of the members of Congress, the absence of tangible progress in turning back the insurgency is adding to fears on Capitol Hill that the administration’s hopes of stabilizing the situation, let alone giving birth to a pro-Western democracy in the heart of the Arab world, are delusory.

“In January, we had Congressional staff hanging up on us when we called to say that we want to discuss shifting US policy from more guns and more troops towards withdrawal,” said Jim Cason, communications director of the lobby group Friends Committee on National Legislation. ”Now they want to talk about it.”
While the Bush administration still insists that civil war will be avoided and current negotiations to produce a new constitution by the middle of next month remain on track, the continuing high level of violence and the strength and sophistication of predominantly Sunni insurgents and foreign fighters are clearly having an effect here.

That was made clearest in two New York Times articles published Sunday, including one entitled ”Defying US Efforts, Guerrillas in Iraq Refocus and Strengthen,” and another, by John Burns, a veteran Times reporter who has spent considerable time in Iraq, entitled ”If It’s Civil War, Do We Know It?”

The latter story recounted the recent intensification of Sunni violence against the Shi’ite community that provoked even the ever-patient Shi’ite religious leader, Ayatollah Ali Sistani, to whom Washington has increasingly deferred in guiding the political transition, to call on the Shi’ite-led government to ”defend the country against mass annihilation”.

”From the moment American troops crossed the border 28 months ago”, Burns wrote, ”the specter hanging over the American enterprise here has been that Iraq, freed from (Saddam) Hussein’s tyranny, might prove to be so fractured … that [it] would spiral inexorably into civil war”.

”Now, events are pointing more than ever to the possibility that the nightmare could come true,” according to Burns, who noted that Shi’ite militias and Shi’ite and Kurdish-led army and police units were taking increasingly aggressive counter-measures, including abducting, torturing, and executing suspected
insurgents and their perceived sympathizers and defenders.

The other article, by two Baghdad-based Times correspondents, quoted unnamed senior military officers reiterating two big frustrations that have been heard since July 2003: that the insurgency appears to be ”growing more violent, more resilient and more sophisticated than ever”, and that prosecuting the war is like sowing dragons’ teeth.

”We are capturing or killing a lot of insurgents,” one senior US Army intelligence officer told the Times. ”But they’re being replaced quicker than we can interdict their operations. There is always another insurgent ready to step up and take charge.”

Such assessments are spurring what rapidly has become a cottage industry – particularly from the Democratic side of the political spectrum – fueled in part by the leak in early July of a British contingency plan that called for halving the number of US and British troops in Iraq by the latter part of 2006.

Thus on July 15, former Central Intelligence Agency director John Deutch published a column in the Times calling for a ”prompt withdrawal plan”, with the initial drawdown set to coincide with the Iraqi elections scheduled for December 15. That would include a timetable for reducing the scope of military operations, while maintaining a ”regional quick-reaction force” in reserve, as well as ongoing intelligence and training programs.

At the same time, the US would urge the Iraqi government and its neighbors to recognize their common interest in Baghdad’s peaceful evolution without external intervention and commit itself to an economic assistance program to Iraq ”so long as it stays on a peaceful path” as well as to the wider region so as to encourage cooperation.

A more detailed plan emerged several days later from the Boston-based Project on Defense Alternatives (PDA) calling for complete withdrawal by September 2006, except for the retention of a multinational civilian and military monitoring and training contingent of less than 10,000 (of which the US military presence would be limited to 2,000 troops).

The plan, to take effect August 1, would begin with the adoption of a withdrawal timeline, a sharp deescalation of the war in Sunni areas, a shift of US resources to its training mission, and the transfer to elected officials of foreign military control of localities “without the interference of federal or coalition authorities”.

”The key to enabling total US troop withdrawal from Iraq within 400 days is achieving a political accord with Sunni leaders at all levels and with Iraq’s neighbors – especially Syria and Iran,” according to the report by defense analyst Carl Conetta. “The proximal aim would be to immediately lower the level of conflict inside Iraq by constricting both active and passive support for the insurgency, inside and outside the country.”

Like the two other authors, veteran Middle East analyst Helena Cobban also believes that the continued US
military presence in Iraq is counterproductive to longer-term American interests and is effectively fueling the insurgency. But she goes further than the other two, calling for a withdrawal strategy that is ”total, speedy, and generous to the Iraqi people”.

Her model is Israel’s 2000 exit from southern Lebanon, noting that, despite deep fears that that withdrawal would touch off “mayhem and revenge, none came to pass”.

A prior announcement of ”imminent total withdrawal” would serve to ”focus the minds of Iraqis considerably”, particularly on reconstruction if the US and other countries are sufficiently generous and “make [Iraqis] far less hospitable to insurgents, especially those who get their impetus from the prospect of a prolonged foreign occupation”.

All the authors take issue with the conventional assumption that the US military presence is a stabilizing factor, without which Iraq’s descent into civil war would be more certain or bloody.

They also argue that the administration’s argument that Washington’s global ”credibility” is outweighed by other considerations, including the damage that the continued US presence does to American interests in the Arab and Islamic world, and the reduced ability of the US to deal with other important security challenges while it remains bogged down in Iraq.

As noted by former CIA director Deutch, continued investment in a losing proposition could result in “an even worse loss of credibility down the road”.

(Inter Press Service)

7) On Christian fundamentalism:
Fundamentally speaking
Giles Fraser
Saturday July 23, 2005
Face to FaithGuardian

Muslims who preach hate are to be deported and subject to new restrictions, Charles Clarke announced in the Commons on Wednesday. So what would the home secretary have to say about stuff like this: “Blessed is he who takes your little children and smashes their heads against the rocks”?

Or this: “O God, break the teeth in their mouths … Let them be like the snail that dissolves into slime; like the untimely birth that never sees the sun … The righteous will bathe their feet in the blood of the wicked.” No, this is not Islam, it is the Bible. And there is a lot more where that came from.

Why, then, are so many commentators persuaded that the Qur’an is a manual of hate – compared to the Judeo-Christian scriptures, it is very tame stuff indeed. More disturbing still for Christians and Jews, the nearest scriptural justification for suicide bombings I can think of comes from the book of Judges, where Samson pushes apart the structural supports of a temple packed with people. “Let me die with the Philistines,” he prays, just before the building collapses.

It will not do to work with a Bible of the nice bits or allegorise these passages out of existence, leaving them hanging around for future fanatics to exploit. Religion must openly acknowledge its own dirty secrets.
All of the above may simply encourage those who think that religion itself is the problem. After all, it is precisely the non-negotiability of the divine commandment that makes peaceful religious politics so elusive. If the choice is between the ballot box and divine will, how can the faithful remain committed to democratic decision-making?

The campaigning secularist has no shortage of ammunition. Many of their criticisms are well aimed and need to be taken extremely seriously. As the great Islamic philosopher Averroes put it: “Truth never fears honest debate.” But the problem with the secular attack is that it refuses to make any sort of distinction between good religion and bad religion.

The assumption is that bad religion – the sex-obsessed religion of violence and superstition – is the real thing,
and that good religion – the religion that encourages peace and respect for human life – is a modern fake, a religion that disingenuously reinvents itself to reflect modern values and consequently does not entirely believe what it says.

The truth, however, is that rigid fundamentalism is the modern fake. Most belief systems have huge and historic recourses of self-criticism. The gospels contain some of the most biting attacks on pathological religiosity; the Hebrew prophets are involved in a constant campaign of subversion against the misplaced theology of narrow sectarianism. As Isaiah has it: “When you stretch out your hands, I will hide my eyes from you; even though you make many prayers, I will not listen, your hands are full of blood.”

These theological recourses are precious and need to be nurtured. But a wholesale cultural assault upon a religious tradition does nothing to help more moderate voices. A religion that sees itself as being under attack is less sympathetic to those who would argue from within. In such circumstances, self-criticism is easily represented as disloyalty. Yet now, more than ever, we need to encourage those able to use theology to speak out against violence done in God’s name.

Like many, I do not know Islam well enough. I am sure that, for many millions, it is a religion of peace; I am sure there is currently a theological struggle for its very soul. What I have yet to understand – because it has not been sufficiently well explained to me, or given sufficient exposure in the media – is how murderous jihad is a theological heresy.

These are the voices that we desperately need to hear. The help that can be offered by Christians and others is our own admission that the complicity of religion with acts of violence is something Islam does not face alone.

· The Rev Dr Giles Fraser is vicar of Putney and author of Christianity And Violence (DTL, 2001)

8) Iraq Casualties count website:

http://www.antiwar.com/casualties/

9) Hiroshima articles:
Japan Notebook/ Yoshibumi Wakamiya:
Danger of swarming human locusts
http://www.asahi.com/english/Herald-asahi/TKY200508010138.html

Why It’s Time for Us to Confront Hiroshima
LEO MALEY III AND UDAY MOHAN
http://hnn.us/articles/13518.html

Will We Still Remember Hiroshima After the Last Victims Die?
LAWRENCE S. WITTNER
http://hnn.us/articles/13261.html

Hiroshima: What People Think Now
http://hnn.us/articles/10168.html

Hiroshima: Harry Truman on Trial
http://hnn.us/articles/190.html

Why Did the Japanese Delay Surrendering?
HERBERT P. BIX
http://hnn.us/articles/12947.html

Posted in Uncategorized | 1 Comment

N.O. Muslims, Friedman, Khalidi, Zogby, Neo-Orientalists, Oil, Gaza

1) Here’s an outspoken piece about New Orleans Muslims, New Orleans race, and racism. It’s on a blog that I’m finding is really worth checking out for intra-Muslim discourse:

Thursday, July 21, 2005
Racial Tension in the American Umma
by Kelly Crosby

I was talking with my father one day and we get into this habit of listing all of the isues of the New Orleans Muslim community. Alhamdulillah, I am happy that I have not experienced the direct brunt of racism, sexism or any other unIslamic behavior…yet. But when I talk to some of my friends and what they have experienced, it’s makes me nervous. But one of his comments stayed with me long after we finished talking. He said, “there is no way for African-American Muslims and immigrant Muslims to come together on anything in this community until we all address the problem of Muslim-owned cornerstores.”

We all know about the cornerstores. I have a Palestinian friend who taught me some of the deen; his family owns such a store. It began to bother him so much that he left it and got another job. Or in his words, “I want to deal in business that’s halal.” These cornerstores dot the neighborhoods of poor Black people who don’t have the transportation to get to the larger supermarkets. A lot of them are on government assistance so one stop to the local store takes care of everything. I wouldn’t have any problems with these stores if they didn’t carry certain items–namely, pork, alcohol, cigarettes and lottery tickets. For me it’s mostly the alcohol but that other stuff is just as haram.

Many of these stores in New Orleans are located by housing projects where many people believe that they will live and die in the ghetto. Masha’Allah, that’s not always the case as I have family members raised in the “projects” and they made it out of there. But many already believe that there is no hope for a better future.
Unfortunately some turn to drugs, cigarettes and alcohol. Some prefer to waste their money by buying lottery scratchouts. And who is the person behind the counter helping his fellow brother in humanity, this beautiful child of Bani Adam, destroy himself? It’s the devout Muslim who would never drink, smoke (well, SOME of us don’t) or spend our hard earned money on the lottery. This is horrible, hypocritical dawah. In fact, this is the 2nd worst kind of dawah. The 1st is the “Muslim” man who sleeps around, dumps his girlfriends (sometimes inpregnating them and asking for an abortion, eeeewww!) all the while thinking he’s exempt from God’s judgement just because he is a Muslim.

The subject came up because I was talking a friend who works at an Islamic school. She’s the only African-American Muslim teacher amongst the Palestinian teachers and student body. So, she’s basically got the burden of teaching our umma’s diversity on her shoulders. She told me that sometimes, she’ll hear the kids say, “Black people are dirty. They all do drugs. They’re all crackheads and drugdealers.” Naturally she chimes in, “Wait, I’m Black.” But these young, impressionable children say, “But you’re a Muslim. You’re different.” You see where I am going.

Where are these children getting their perceptions of Black people from and why hasn’t this been addressed? They are getting their stereotypes from their parents, who just happen to own these funky stores in the poor neighborhoods. What I don’t understand is how can you talk about “urban blight” when you sell the very things causing the social decay and then run right back to the suburbs where everything is clean, safe, nice, and uh…ya know. And don’t think Black people have not taken notice.

I have been confronted by them, asking, why are Muslims so pious when it’s their own kind but treat Blacks in such a disrespectful way? And you know what? There really isn’t any answer that’s suitable. This is how people start to believe that Islam, of all religions, is anti-Black. (Let’s not forget the idiotic Muslim-on-Muslim slaughter in Sudan).

So what’s up? When these cornerstore-owners look at their customers, why don’t they see Bilal ibn Rabah (radiallahu anhu) or Nana Asma’u?

What about Malcolm X? Mohammad Ali? Kareem Abdul-Jabbar?

Why go on about Muslim diversity, brag on its luminous Black figures and then wax on about how those n**gers are tearin’ up the neighborhood?

Why live in fear that you may get robbed but the thief blew his money on lottery tickets that you sold him?
Or here’s a real funny one. Why go on about how Black people are this and that when your sons and daughters are listening to rap, wearing FUBU, Sean John or any other hip-hop label, speaking slang, using the n-word as a term of affection for their friends and might have Black boy/girlfriends on the side?

Yeah, I went there. Or maybe it’s like the comedian D.L Hugley said, “Everybody wants to be Black ’til the cops come.”

Now before I move on, don’t think I am laying this all on the Muslim storeowners. If you are an American adult, 21 years or older, you have the option of buying alcohol. No one is holding a gun to their head to make them buy it. You can opt for gum instead of cigarettes, beer for soda, turkey instead of pork. Remember, Blacks and Latinos are heavily targeted by liquor and cigarette companies. They intentionally put more billboards in Black neighborhoods and in Black publications (which is something those publications need to think about) promoting these things.

The only reason why I started writing this post is because of Umm Zee’s hardships with Islamic schools and then I went off into this tangent as usual. African-American Muslims represent at least 33% of the Muslims in America. Maybe more. How do you think it makes us feel when we see immigrant Muslims, some we know from the masjid, selling poison to our people. Yeah, I said, “our people,” not just Black people but humanity. Muslims are supposed to help cure social and cultural diseases, not spread them.

Wouldn’t you be horrified if you found your daughter smoking or your son drunk out of his mind? How do you think honest, hardworking, but poor Black people feel when they come home and see the same thing? Just as all Muslims aren’t terrorists, not all Black people are crooks, murderers, rapists, welfare mothers and drug dealers. You hate it when people call you “al-Qeada” or “bin Laden.” Well we hate the word n**ger and I don’t care how many rappers use the word, I still hate it! I would hate to be called a n**ger, just as much as you hate to be called sand n**ger.

See the connection. See how other racists view us? N**ger. Sand N**ger. In their eyes, Blacks, South Asians, Arabs, and Latinoes, are all dirty brown people. They didn’t even bother to come with a new racial slur, they just added a word to an older one that still hurts to this day.

Now you know me, I’m not going to end this post on a sad note. Many Muslims from all racial backgrounds are seeing this glaring problem and are doing something about it.

Iman Central is one of those groups.

Here is an article about this group standing in solidarity with African-Americans trying to prevent yet another liquor store from opening in the community.

www.imancentral.org/modules.phpop=modload&name;=News&file;=article&sid;=26&mode=threadℴ=0&thold;=0
It’s a long link so get highlight the thing then…..ya know what to do.

Click here to read Racial Tensions part 2

http://izzymo.blogspot.com/2005/07/racial-tensions-part-2-what-happens.html

Racial Tensions: Part 2

What happens when you don’t fill those nicely constructed stereotypes that society creates when it comes to race, color, and ethnicity? Sister Aaminah, Umm Zee, and Umm Abdullah made some good points as to why Muslim store owners don’t see the sin in selling h
aram products in their stores. The media is not kind to Muslims but it ain’t kind to Blacks and Latinoes either. It seems that after the Cosby Show went off the air, sitcoms showing successful educated Black people became scarce. You also have to take in the ganster culture which is quickly becoming intimated by young people all throughout the world. Most of the images of Black people is that of the criminal, rapper and basketball player. There’s also the comedy shows, where we are the comic relief, basic Step-and-Fetch It. With the advent of “reality television” Black women have been portrayed as the you-know-what. Within two years, I have seen about 6 different reality shows with the same “type” of Black woman–mean, conniving, backstabbing, cruel, wanna be diva with an attitude. The Latina woman is still portrayed as the sexy, brainless tart or worse, the house keeper or maid who can’t speak English. And sadly, though these Muslims hate to see themselves portrayed as terrorists, they easily by into the stereotypes of others. May God enlighten us to the truth of His deen to help us overcome.

But what about the politics of color in our umma? You know it’s there. We are all familiar with the idolatry of light-skin and Caucasian features. I know that it’s in the South Asian community. Some women use skin-lightening cream or cover their faces to avoid the sun. And there’s that caste system that put dark Indians on the bottom and light Indians on the top. Many of the Hindu gods are beautiful, light skinned with coal black hair. The most popular Indian actress is Aishwarya Rai, a blue-green eyed, light-skinned woman and that’s not mere coincidence. She’s gorgeous but does she look like most Indian women? And that mentality has tickled into the community so the Muslims are not immune. Black people in New Orleans had a huge color hierarchy for two centuries, but now that’s pretty much gone. Light-skinned Black people and dark-skinned Black people do not seperate themselves as they used to and the ones who do are looked upon as “colorstruck” and stuck in the medieval Creole past.

Entering into this racial fitnah…me, Izzy Mo, African American Muslim woman. Let me tell you a little about myself. I have light skin. Very light skin. I am lighter than both of my parents and sister. My parents are Black; so are my grandparents, great grandparents, and great-great grandparents. I have no living relatives from any other ethnic group and haven’t had any since the 1850s, roughly. I really need to look into my family’s history because I know that the various hues in my family are the result of racial mixing in New Orleans.
Yep, New Orleans was at one time the heart of Creole country–octoroons, quadroons and mulattoes. It was very common for French and Spanish aristocrats to keep Creole mistresses. It was so accepted that their French and Spanish wives lived in houses right across the street from their Creole mistresses. There was also the forced concubinage of Black slave women resulting in lighter skinned mulatto children. Think Thomas Jefferson and Sally Hemmings. Throw in the mixing between Native Americans and African Americans and what you get is Creole–Black, French, Spanish and Native American mixed together. Actually, my great, great grandmother could have passed for white, or passe blanc, as they used to call it. There is a huge blessing in having a great grandmother who can tell you some stories about your Creole speaking ancestors. But we have British, French, Irish and Scottish surnames in our family so the idea of looking up my family past just seems incredibly daunting.

I have approached by flirtateous Latino boys wondering what they were talking about. I’ve had other Black people ask me if I was “mixed” (as if Black people in America are purely African @@). “Are you from New Orleans?” “Do you have a white parent?” Subhan’Allah, it doesn’t help that I speak English properly. Nope, I don’t use slang or curse. And I get offended by this idea that in order to be “Black” you have to speak English poorly and use profanity. It’s even more depressing to see Black people fall into that trap. So I got insults. “Oh, you talk like a white girl!” Why are you so proper? You ain’t Black, huh?” Muslims by into these stereotypes too.

Anyhoo, as an African-American Muslima, meeting Muslims of different races has been a very interesting experience. Very interesting. Back in 2000, my Palestinian friend was shocked to discover that his new buddy was Black. “You’re joining the Black Student Union? Why?” I just looked at him like he was on drugs. “You’re Black? No, you’re not. You’re Creole.” I told him that I wasn’t and that Creole is not a race in New Orleans, It’s a type of seasoning mixture that we put in our food like Creole gumbo. Then there was his brother who told me straight up, “You say that you’re Black but you look Spanish and talk White.” Did I tell you these guys have a father who owns a cornerstore in poor Black neighborhood?! What is “talking White”? They weren’t fresh off the boat. They went to school with Black, White and Latino students and yet their views of race and color were stereotypical. Then there was the Pakistani woman who was shocked that I asked her to translate a part of lecture that was given in Urdu. “You don’t understand,” she asked with a very troubled look on her face. Alas, I became an assimilated Desi girl who couldn’t speak Urdu. What terrible Pakistani parents I must have! There was the dude from Turkmenistan who couldn’t believe I was American. I was Turkish. Turkish mixed with something, but Turkey had to be there. And the time I was at a Palestinian wedding and some woman was asking me if I wanted more food in Arabic. I had to ask my friend next to me what she had said. Oh! And the Arab teenage girl who told me that I could probably land an Arab husband on the basis of my ambiguous racial features. “Hey, you could pass, ya know.” No, I’m not passing or denying anything.

“What are you?” “Black.” “Nothing else?” “Not that I know of.” I’ve got relatives with African features, Caucasian features, light skin, dark skin, full lips, thin lips, freckles, no freckles, high cheek bones, narrow noses, wide noses, big hips, no hips, curvy figures, ironing board figures, straight hair, curly hair and everything in between.

It’s a sort of touchy subject for me but that’s only because they can see Black people as being one a particular type. They don’t see Black people pursing college degrees or having green eyes. They don’t see us people who can do things outside of dancing, eating, singing and playing sports. They buy into culture that depicts as merely low wage earners, not capable of being intellectual or creative. A people who produce few writers, artists and scientists.

Blame it on my father. My proud, Afrocentric, former anti-racist activist father who saw the brunt of it first hand who taught me to be proud of our African ancestry. Blame it on the fact that I went to an all Black high school where the reading lists included Toni Morrison, Zora Neale Hurston and Haki Madhabuti. It’s that knowlegde of knowing what your folks have done in the past that’s makes you proud and it’s a shame that some of them can’t see that. And what is the deal of downing people with dark skin? Last time I checked, Nigerians, Somalis and Ethiopians were some of the most beautiful people in the world. I almost deleted this post but I had to get it. I hope you won’t take it the wrong way. We’ve got a lot of cultural barriers to overcome and hopefully, we can let Islam guide the way.

2) Here’s an excellent rebuttal analysis of last week’s Friedman op-ed urging blacklisting of those who disagree with him. It’s from that same blog:

http://ihsan-net.blogspot.com/2005/07/putting-spotlight-on-friedman.html#label

Putting the Spotlight on Friedman
By Mohamed A. Faraj
July22, 2005

In today’s New York Times article

Posted in Uncategorized | 9 Comments

Friedman, Reports, Zionism, Africa, Haw, Cole, Taseer, Tancredo, NO Radio

Back from the beach, and will try to get this going some more again.

1) Friedman laid this egg of an op-ed last week. If there were to be a list of “excuse makers,” he’d be one of the top candidates for it. One must not forget that it was Friedman who wrote in 2002-03 that several Arab leaders secretly wanted the US to invade Iraq, although they couldn’t be named for reasons of domestic political sensitivity. Meanwhile, publicly each and every regional leader was either silent or begging the US to refrain from opening the Pandora’s Box which has still not reached its full blowback potential. He’s still never named even one of these supposedly supportive leaders, and one doubts whether it was ever true. That, and other things he’s written, makes him one of the primary “excuse makers” for the violence inflicted on Iraq.

As for his point about Islamic video games, where was he when a plethora of video games were being sold all over the US portraying ubermensch Rambo types gunning down swarthy fellows in turbans literally by the dozens — with the children who proved to be good at such games later gamely employed by CentCom do deploy unmanned flying predator assassination devices all over the world? He didn’t seem to have any problem with that “hate video.” The sort of video game he alludes to was only a matter of time.

Also, note his sources — the Wall Street Journal, a terrorism “expert,” and MEMRI (an Arabic press translation service with rather shady ties to Israeli military intelligence). It would seem that these folks are just talking to themselves, and demand that the rest of us just shut up and consume their vitriol without so much as a defensive cough:

http://www.nytimes.com/2005/07/22/opinion/22friedman.html

July 22, 2005
Giving the Hatemongers
No Place to Hide
By THOMAS L. FRIEDMAN

I wasn’t surprised to read that British police officers in white protective suits and blue gloves were combing through the Iqra Learning Center bookstore in Leeds for clues to the 7/7 London bombings. Some of the 7/7 bombers hung out at the bookstore. And I won’t be surprised if today’s bombers also sampled the literature there.

Iqra not only sold hatemongering Islamist literature, but, according to The Wall Street Journal, was “the sole distributor of Islamgames, a U.S.-based company that makes video games. The video games feature apocalyptic battles between defenders of Islam and opponents. One game, Ummah Defense I, has the world ‘finally united under the Banner of Islam’ in 2114, until a revolt by disbelievers. The player’s goal is to seek out and destroy the disbelievers.”

Guess what: words matter. Bookstores matter. Video games matter. But here is our challenge: If the primary terrorism problem we face today can effectively be addressed only by a war of ideas within Islam – a war between life-affirming Muslims against those who want to turn one of the world’s great religions into a death cult – what can the rest of us do?

More than just put up walls. We need to shine a spotlight on hate speech wherever it appears. The State Department produces an annual human rights report. Henceforth, it should also produce a quarterly War of Ideas Report, which would focus on those religious leaders and writers who are inciting violence against others.

I would compile it in a nondiscriminatory way. I want the names of the Jewish settler extremists who wrote “Muhammad Is a Pig” on buildings in Gaza right up there with Sheik Abd Al-Rahman Al-Sudayyis, a Saudi who is imam of Islam’s holy mosque in Mecca. According to the Memri translation service, the imam was barred from Canada following “a report about his sermons by Memri that included Al-Sudayyis calling Jews ‘the scum of the earth’ and ‘monkeys and pigs’ who should be ‘annihilated.’ Other enemies of Islam were referred to by Sheik Al-Sudayyis as ‘worshipers of the cross’ and ‘idol-worshiping Hindus’ who must be fought.”

Sunlight is more important than you think. Those who spread hate do not like to be exposed, noted Yigal Carmon, the founder of Memri, which monitors the Arab-Muslim media. The hate spreaders assume that they are talking only to their own, in their own language, and can get away with murder. When their words are spotlighted, they often feel pressure to retract, defend or explain them.

“Whenever they are exposed, they react the next day,” Mr. Carmon said. “No one wants to be exposed in the West as a preacher of hate.”

We also need to spotlight the “excuse makers,” the former State Department spokesman James Rubin said. After every major terrorist incident, the excuse makers come out to tell us why imperialism, Zionism, colonialism or Iraq explains why the terrorists acted. These excuse makers are just one notch less despicable than the terrorists and also deserve to be exposed. When you live in an open society like London, where anyone with a grievance can publish an article, run for office or start a political movement, the notion that blowing up a busload of innocent civilians in response to Iraq is somehow “understandable” is outrageous. “It erases the distinction between legitimate dissent and terrorism,” Mr. Rubin said, “and an open society needs to maintain a clear wall between them.”

There is no political justification for 9/11, 7/7 or 7/21. As the Middle East expert Stephen P. Cohen put it: “These terrorists are what they do.” And what they do is murder.

Finally, we also need to shine a bright light on the “truth tellers.” Every week some courageous Arab or Muslim intellectual, cleric or columnist publishes an essay in his or her media calling on fellow Muslims to deal with the cancer in their midst. The truth tellers’ words also need to be disseminated globally. “The rulers in these countries have no interest in amplifying the voices of moderates because the moderates often disagree with the rulers as much as they disagree with the extremists,” said Husain Haqqani, author of the new book “Pakistan: Between Mosque and Military.” “You have to deal us moderates into the game by helping to amplify our voices and exposing the extremists and their amen corner.”

Every quarter, the State Department should identify the Top 10 hatemongers, excuse makers and truth tellers in the world. It wouldn’t be a cure-all. But it would be a message to the extremists: you are free to say what you want, but we are free to listen, to let the whole world know what you are saying and to protect every free society from hate spreaders like you. Words matter.

2) Response to Friedman’s op-ed:

FAIR-LFairness & Accuracy In Reporting
Media analysis, critiques and activism

http://www.fair.org/index.php?page=2598

ACTION ALERT:A New Blacklist for “Excuse Makers”Those who think Iraq War sparks terror are “despicable,” says Friedman

July 27, 2005

New York Times columnist Thomas Friedman has urged the U.S. government to create blacklists of condemned political speech–not only by those who advocate violence, but also by those who believe that U.S. government actions may encourage violent reprisals. The latter group, which Friedman called “just one notch less despicable than the terrorists,” includes a majority of Americans, according to recent polls.
Friedman’s July 22 column proposed that the State Department, in order to “shine a spotlight on hate speech wherever it appears,” create a quarterly “War of Ideas Report, which would focus on those religious leaders and writers who are inciting violence against others.” But Friedman said the governmental speech monitoring should go beyond those who actually advocate violence, and also include what former State Department spokesperson Jamie Rubin calls “excuse makers.”

Friedman wrote:
“After every major terrorist incident, th
e excuse makers come out to tell us why imperialism, Zionism, colonialism or Iraq explains why the terrorists acted. These excuse makers are just one notch less despicable than the terrorists and also deserve to be exposed. When you live in an open society like London, where anyone with a grievance can publish an article, run for office or start a political movement, the notion that blowing up a busload of innocent civilians in response to Iraq is somehow ‘understandable’ is outrageous. ‘It erases the distinction between legitimate dissent and terrorism,’ Mr. Rubin said, ‘and an open society needs to maintain a clear wall between them.'”

The “despicable” idea that there may be a connection between acts of terrorism and particular policies by Western countries is one that is widely held by the citizens of those countries. Asked by the CNN/Gallup poll on July 7, “Do you think the terrorists attacked London today mostly because Great Britain supports the United States in the war in Iraq?” 56 percent of Americans agreed. In a CNN/USA Today/Gallup poll (7/7-10/05), 54 percent said “the war with Iraq has made the U.S….less safe from terrorism.” Since they see a connection between Iraq and terrorism, a majority of Americans are what Friedman calls “excuse makers” who “deserve to be exposed.”

Friedman’s column urged the government to create quarterly lists of “hatemongers” and “excuse makers”–as well as “truth tellers,” Muslims who agree with Friedman’s critique of Islam. Friedman’s proposed list of “excuse makers” would have to include his New York Times colleague Bob Herbert, who wrote in his July 25 column, “There is still no indication that the Bush administration recognizes the utter folly of its war in Iraq, which has been like a constant spray of gasoline on the fire of global terrorism.”

Leading members of the U.S. intelligence community might also find themselves on such a blacklist, based on a report summarized earlier this year in the Washington Post (1/14/05):

“Iraq has replaced Afghanistan as the training ground for the next generation of ‘professionalized’ terrorists, according to a report released yesterday by the National Intelligence Council, the CIA director’s think tank…. According to the NIC report, Iraq has joined the list of conflicts–including the Israeli-Palestinian stalemate, and independence movements in Chechnya, Kashmir, Mindanao in the Philippines, and southern Thailand–that have deepened solidarity among Muslims and helped spread radical Islamic ideology.”

Though Friedman calls on the State Department to compile the “Top 10 hatemongers” list in a “nondiscriminatory way,” it’s doubtful that such a list would, in fact, even-handedly include all advocates of violence. It would not be likely, for example, to include someone like Thomas Friedman, who during the Kosovo War (4/6/99) called on the Clinton administration to “give war a chance,” writing, “Let’s see what 12 weeks of less than surgical bombing does.” In a follow-up column (4/23/99) he declared that “Like it or not, we are at war with the Serbian nation,” and insisted that “every power grid, water pipe, bridge, road and war-related factory has to be targeted.” Despite the fact that by calling for attacks on civilian targets he was advocating war crimes, Friedman should have no fear that he’ll find himself on a State Department list of “hatemongers.”

Friedman’s suggestion that those who seek to understand or explain political violence are not part of “legitimate dissent” comes at a time when calls for censorship are becoming more and more blatant. Bill O’Reilly (Radio Factor, 6/20/05, cited by Media Matters, 6/22/05) made a chilling call for the criminalization war opponents:

“You must know the difference between dissent from the Iraq War and the war on terror and undermining it. And any American that undermines that war, with our soldiers in the field, or undermines the war on terror, with 3,000 dead on 9/11, is a traitor. Everybody got it? Dissent, fine; undermining, you’re a traitor. Got it? So, all those clowns over at the liberal radio network, we could incarcerate them immediately. Will you have that done, please? Send over the FBI and just put them in chains, because they, you know, they’re undermining everything and they don’t care, couldn’t care less.”

The call for the arrests of Air America Radio hosts was said as though it were a joke, though O’Reilly is deadly serious when he says that the commentators on that network are “undermining” the war–and that such “undermining” is treason.

O’Reilly more recently (7/25/05) went after Herbert’s column that argued that the Iraq War fueled terrorism: “Bob Herbert is most likely helping the terrorists, but his hatred of Mr. Bush blinds him to that. He’s not alone, but this kind of stuff has got to stop. We’re now fighting for our lives. And those helping the enemy will be brought to your attention.”

“Attention,” rather than arrests, is all that Friedman has threatened “excuse makers” like Herbert with. But it’s a small step, as O’Reilly’s rhetoric demonstrates, between marginalizing critics of U.S. foreign policy as “just one notch less despicable than the terrorists”–and criminalizing criticism itself.

ACTION: Please let Thomas Friedman know that opponents of the Iraq War do not deserve to be on a government blacklist–even if they oppose the war because they believe it encourages terrorism.

CONTACT:Thomas Friedmanc/o New York Times Editorial Page
editorial@nytimes.com

As always, please remember that your comments have more impact if you maintain a polite tone.
Read Friedman’s column here: http://www.nytimes.com/2005/07/22/opinion/22friedman.html

3) I call these two reports the bureaucratic equivalent of “putting lipstick on a pig”:

July 2005
Department of State Report to Congress on the use of Iraq Relief and Reconstruction Funds
http://www.state.gov/p/nea/rls/rpt/2207/jul2005/

Department of Defense Report to Congress: MeasuringSecurity and Stability in Iraq
http://www.defenselink.mil/news/Jul2005/d20050721secstab.pdf

4) How is this viewpoint not racist? As polite as the writer wants to be, the viewpoint simply is what it is. Also, he’s playing with numbers — the 80/20 population ratio is only true with the population within the State of Israel’s 1967 borders. If you expand the territory out to those occupied territories which the state has held since 1967, then the ratio is more like 55-45 — which is why there are walls, land enclosures, bulldozed homes, etc.:

http://www.jewishjournal.com/home/preview.php?id=14386
2005-07-22
A Solution to Israel’s Demographic Peril
by Larry Derfner

When Israeli Arabs protest that talk of the “demographic threat” is racist, can Israeli Jews blame them? If non-Jewish professors and politicians anywhere on earth spoke of a Jewish demographic threat to their countries, what would Jews call it? What, for that matter, would decent non-Jews call it?

Raising the specter of the Arab demographic threat to Israel is, in fact, racist — if you believe that Zionism is racism, that a Jewish state is a racist state.

I don’t believe that (even while I know there is no shortage of Jews whose Zionism doesn’t amount to anything more than racism). Although the Jewish state by definition “belongs” to the Jews more than it does to its non-Jewish citizens, I don’t consider it a force for racism, but the opposite: Whatever racism exists in Israel, the Jewish state came into being as an answer to racism of a rather larger magnitude — the habit of anti-Semitic oppressi
on.

And however unjust a Jewish state is to its Arab citizens, if Israel stops being a Jewish state it will start being an Arab state, and I think the injustice to the Jews that would result from that is worse than anything Israeli Arabs have to endure.

So I don’t think it’s racist or anti-democratic or unfair to want a Zionist future for this country. And while Zionists are known to argue over what makes a Jewish state, I’d say the absolute minimum, the point every Zionist can agree on, is that it must have a solid Jewish majority.

How much is solid? Eighty percent, the current figure (including the Russian immigrants who think of themselves as Jewish, even if the religion does not), is solid. But I’d say that once the figure drops below 75 percent, which leading demographers predict will happen in about 20 years, the viability of a Jewish state with an Arab minority in the Middle East starts coming into question. And the way things are going demographically, it’s downhill from there.

Obviously, Israeli Arabs, and not just them, take all this in as racism. But as it turns out, the project to solidify Israel’s Jewish majority serves not only the purpose of preserving the Jewish state, but also — despite all the Jewish racists — of protecting the democratic rights of Arab citizens.

There’s no way to avoid it — the more Israeli Jews feel their majority threatened, the more hostile, fearful and punitive they will become toward Israeli Arabs. It can already be felt: in the denial of citizenship to Palestinians marrying Israeli Arabs; in Finance Minister Binyamin Netanyahu’s boast that his child welfare cuts brought down the Israeli Arab birthrate; in the growing Jewish majority telling opinion polls that the government should “encourage” Israeli Arabs to emigrate.

None of this would be happening, I don’t think, if the 80 percent Jewish majority were secure; if Israel weren’t inching steadily toward a demographically binational state; if its foundation — its citzenry — weren’t headed for a “tipping point.”

Demography is a dirty business. I don’t like dealing with it. I don’t like knowing that if an Arab friend has a baby, I’m of course happy for him personally, but in the abstract, as a Zionist, as an Israeli thinking about the national interest, I have to say that such a birth is bad news.

This is a miserable state of affairs. And it wouldn’t be if demographic trends showed Israel’s Jewish majority holding at 80 percent, or even a little less, for generations to come. In the name of the national interest, Zionists could celebrate the births of all the Israeli Arab babies just as much as the births of all the Jewish ones. (More than a few Zionists, I’m sure, would still refrain.)

So for the sake of Israel’s Jewish character and democracy, the demographic threat has to be overcome. There have been all sorts of suggestions, some of which are truly malevolent, such as Netanyahu’s stated motive in cutting child welfare, and the idea of encouraging Arab citizens to leave the country — to coerce them into leaving, to bring about “voluntary transfer,” to make Israeli Arabs’ lives so daunting that they will “choose” emigration.

And if these are the only ways to preserve Israel as a Jewish state, then let’s leave it for the Arabs and the Jewish racists and help the decent Jews find a better place to live.

Then there’s the idea of cutting out a heavily Arab section of the Galilee and joining it to a Palestinian state in the West Bank, maybe in exchange for Israel’s annexation of the West Bank settlement blocs.

There are a couple of drawbacks here: One, who wants to give up the heart of the Galilee? Two, the Arab citizens in the Galilee don’t want to become part of Palestine, so you can’t force them. (Incidentally, you can force Jewish citizens out of Gush Katif, because Gaza, unlike the Galilee, doesn’t belong to sovereign Israel.)
A couple of other notions to bolster the Jewish majority involve easing the conversion process for interested gentiles, and pushing aliyah with more enthusiasm and marketing skill among the 5 million to 6 million American Jews. There’s nothing objectionable about either of these ideas, I just don’t think they’re mass-scale solutions. I don’t think they’re going to get enough takers to make a dent in the demographic threat.
So here’s my idea: Secular Israeli Jews have to start making more babies, say one more per family. If the religious also want to have more babies, that’s, of course, just as good, but I mention the secular, because they only have an average of about two children per family, while the religious have more, often many more.
In the pioneering era, when there weren’t that many Jews here, Jewish fertility was an overt Zionist value. Among the secular, it’s long forgotten, and I think it’s time to remember it again.

The biological clock is ticking for the Jewish state — and for its democracy.

Larry Derfner is the Tel Aviv correspondent for The Jewish Journal.

5) It seems like an awful lot of direct intervention in African militaries is going on in the name of anti-terrorism. One wonders what else the Special Forces are up to over there:

U.S. Pushes Anti-Terrorism in AfricaUnder Long-Term Program, Pentagon to Train Soldiers of 9 Nations
By Ann Scott Tyson
Washington Post Staff Writer
Tuesday, July 26, 2005;
http://tinyurl.com/9t7sp

N’DJAMENA, Chad — The U.S. military is embarking on a long-term push into Africa to counter what it considers growing inroads by al Qaeda and other terrorist networks in poor, lawless and predominantly Muslim expanses of the continent.

The Pentagon plans to train thousands of African troops in battalions equipped for extended desert and border operations and to link the militaries of different countries with secure satellite communications. The initiative, with proposed funding of $500 million over seven years, covers Algeria, Chad, Mali, Mauritania, Niger, Senegal, Nigeria, Morocco and Tunisia — with the U.S. military eager to add Libya if relations improve.
The Pentagon is also assigning more military officers to U.S. embassies in the region, bolstering the gathering and sharing of intelligence, casing out austere landing strips for use in emergencies, and securing greater access and legal protections for U.S. troops through new bilateral agreements.

The thrust into Africa is vital to head off an infiltration by international terrorist groups, according to senior U.S. military, Pentagon and State Department officials. The groups are recruiting hundreds of members in Africa and Europe, attacking local governments and Western interests, and profiting from tribal smuggling routes to obtain arms, cash and hideouts, they say. Meanwhile, small groups of Islamic radicals are moving into Africa from Iraq, where Africans make up about a quarter of the foreign fighters, the officials say.
Foreshadowing a new phase in the war against terrorism, the Pentagon plan is to mobilize Africans to fight and preempt militant groups while only selectively using U.S. troops, who are already taxed by operations in Iraq and Afghanistan. But in mustering African forces, the U.S. military confronts not only a highly elusive enemy across a vast, desolate terrain but also the competing agendas of authoritarian African governments and corrupt and chaotic militaries on the ground.

Training With GI Joes
“Arretez!” yelled Sgt. 1st Class Brian of the U.S. Army Special Forces, waving his arms at a squad of Chadian soldiers bounding over a dirt berm in a windblown stretch of desert south of Chad’s capital, N’Djamena.
It was the first mock assault of the morning, and the Chadians, wearing mismatched uniforms, appeared to have forgotten every element of what the Americans had taught them. They we
re spread out too widely, standing up on the berm instead of crawling low, and their squad leader was omitting crucial orders.
“Tell them to check their men” for wounds, Brian shouted to an interpreter. It was only 7 a.m., but the energetic young Green Beret from Baltimore was exasperated. Citing security risks, the U.S. soldiers spoke on condition that only their first names be used.

Brian and about 1,000 other U.S. troops fanned out into North and West Africa last month for a major exercise to lay the groundwork for the Trans-Sahara Counter Terrorism Initiative, approved this spring. In three weeks of initial training, Brian’s team from 10th Special Forces Group and a team from the National Guard’s 20th Special Forces Group glimpsed the challenge ahead in Chad, the world’s fifth-poorest country and, according to the anti-corruption group Transparency International, the third most corrupt.
“It was like going to Mars,” said Sgt. 1st Class Gary, a welder from Utica, N.Y., on the National Guard team.
Green Berets are trained to navigate foreign cultures, but both teams lacked Africa expertise and were short on French and Arabic speakers. Each team was designed to have 12 members, but Gary’s had nine men and Brian’s had six. They were given the assignment on short notice after the 3rd Special Forces Group, which normally covers Africa, was deployed to Iraq.

They landed in Chad with outdated U.S. military maps that still labeled the current capital, N’Djamena, with its French colonial name, Fort Lamy. To keep from getting lost, Gary fashioned his own crude map by plotting GPS coordinates for stores and gas stations. U.S. soldiers are relative newcomers in Chad, where France has had 1,000 troops and three air bases.

After scouting out the cacophonous, crime-ridden capital, with its Internet cafes and dilapidated French cinemas, the soldiers concluded that it was ripe for terrorists. Worshipers outside the grand mosque denounced the war in Iraq. Booksellers sold Islamic fundamentalist tracts and photocopied images of a girl transformed into a large rat because she threw a Koran, the Islamic holy book, on the floor.
Across the Chari River, youths ran a brisk operation smuggling sugar from Cameroon into N’Djamena markets under the noses of Chadian customs guards.

Arms traffickers move easily across Chad’s 3,500 miles of unguarded borders, and airport security is lax, U.S. officials say. “This place is so easy to move through,” observed Sgt. 1st Class Jasper, an intelligence soldier with the 10th Special Forces Group team, which will prepare a classified report on its mission.

From N’Djamena, the U.S. troops headed south across the broad, meandering Chari River. Pushing into the desert, they moved into two mud-brick military camps inhabited by livestock and camel spiders as big as a man’s fist. There, they found Chadian forces as disorganized as they were ill-equipped. Ranging from 14-year-old boys to men pushing the limits of Chad’s male life expectancy, 46 years, some had zero experience and others were combat veterans of Chad’s decades-long civil war. They wore everything from Vietnam-era tiger-stripe uniforms to gym clothes, along with flip-flops, boots, dress shoes or no shoes.

Gary’s team trained a group of 160 men equipped with 23 AK-47 assault rifles. Some aimed with the wrong eye and fired wildly, but most learned to shoot and clean the guns. Brian’s team worked with a more experienced battalion of 200 men outfitted with weapons, radios and 13 Toyota trucks. They appeared enthusiastic but still lacked basic skills. So, the Americans started demonstrating tactics using GI Joe action figures in the sand, until one day the Chadians appeared ready for a platoon-size attack on “the Cardboardians,” a row of cardboard torsos set in tires.

“The biggest thing is making sure they don’t shoot each other,” said Jasper, striding through the brush preparing for a live-fire drill. Nicknamed the Big One by Chadian troops, Jasper, from rural West Virginia, has bushy sideburns and a short fuse. When the Chadians refused to aim their rifles properly, relying instead on what Jasper calls “Kentucky windage,” he swore at them and made them back up 100 yards to prove they could not hit their targets.

As the Chadian soldiers loaded their ammunition, small muddy pigs trotted across the makeshift firing range. Sgt. 1st Class Brett, the team engineer, shooed away children from a nearby village who had gathered to scavenge for bullet cartridges.

A squad of Chadian soldiers, crouching low, began moving toward the target. But suddenly, before the signal had been given, a machine gunner on their flank started shooting. His ammunition ran out before the assaulting squad got into position — leaving them dangerously vulnerable. Jasper shook his head and ordered the squad that misfired to practice again without ammo.

“Bang! Bang! Bang-bang-bang!” the Chadian soldiers shouted.

Jasper, Brian and the rest of the team gathered under the shade of a feathery shamis tree, offering a scathing critique of the morning. “Mistakes happen,” Jasper said with a sigh.

Later, a Chadian soldier asked Brian, “Why is the Big One always so angry?”

Conflicting Agendas
A gust whipped a billow of dust across the blistering hot range, and out of nowhere, Lt. Abdullah Issa Djerou whirled into action. After hanging back for weeks during the training, the short, stern-faced Chadian officer suddenly took command, barking orders to a squad of men rushing a target.

Brian cringed behind his sunglasses at Djerou’s encroachment on the squad leader’s authority. He pulled Djerou aside and advised him to let the squad leader do his job. Djerou is only a lieutenant but serves as the battalion’s executive officer — a mystery to the Americans until they discovered that he belongs to President Idriss Deby’s small but powerful ethnic group, the Zagawa.

Grooming effective military leaders is as central to the U.S. mission in Chad as teaching infantry tactics, U.S. officials say. But the job is complicated because Chad’s army — like the rest of the government — is run top-down by the feared Zagawa tribe.

Indeed, many of the U.S. goals in Chad appear to conflict with the Zagawa leaders’ imperative to stay in power. Across the region, some of the governments the U.S. military is working with have embraced counterterrorism as a way to stifle legitimate dissent and Muslim groups, according to reports issued by the International Crisis Group.

The U.S.-trained battalion is commanded by Deby’s nephew, Maj. Hardja Idriss, and is part of a regiment assigned to protect an authoritarian and increasingly unpopular president. Deby survived an attempted coup last year, and his grip on power remains fragile. “It just makes sense. They’re the president’s guard, and so in this region, with all the coups and stuff, you’d want them the best trained,” said Capt. Jason, the team leader.
U.S. officials said the battalion is based in N’Djamena to safeguard the government and prevent its vehicles from falling into the hands of regional commanders. The unit has performed limited border patrols, but its stationing inthe capital conflicts with the Pentagon’s goal of pushing militaries into “ungoverned spaces” across the Sahara. Moreover, Idriss, the battalion commander, said the unit is not authorized to stop smugglers, although it confiscates hundreds of weapons, mainly from rebel militias.

Chad’s leaders maintain that foreign-backed rebels constitute their main terrorist threat, as opposed to the transnational networks of anti-Western Islamic extremists. “When others use you to fight against your country, they are terrorists,” Security Minister Abderahman Moussa said in an interview, wearing a silken gold caftan.

Moussa and Chadian army leaders say they fear that Sudan and other countries may be supporting as many as 4,000 anti-government rebels near Chad’s volatile eastern border, where makeshift s
helters teem with 200,000 Sudanese seeking refuge from government-backed militias and troops in Sudan’s western Darfur region. “For a long time, they say they will take over Chad,” said Col. Abakar Youssouf Mahamat Itmo, commander of the presidential guard and Deby’s cousin.

Yet in subduing opponents, the government and its security forces commit serious human rights abuses, according to U.S. officials and human rights reports. “It’s very important for us to remain very, very watchful over this issue of how the military and police respect civilians,” said U.S. Ambassador Marc M. Wall. Embassy officials said the United States checks the names of troops it trains against news reports and U.S. government records.

Chadian officers admit the 25,000-member army is ill-disciplined, bloated and corrupt. “There are criminals in his tribe, in the military . . . and they do steal and rape people,” said Maj. Soumaine Adam Ahmed, who took military classes in the United States. “The people say: ‘Why don’t you take a decision against them?’ They are very unhappy about that.”

‘Cardboardian’ Adversaries
It was the last day of training, and everyone seemed happy. Jasper was smiling because the mobile target he and Brian had rigged up — a tin sled mounted with Cardboardian adversaries and dragged by a rope from an SUV — was working perfectly. The Chadian soldiers were happily blasting the target with machine guns and AK-47s, filling the desert air with the smell of gunpowder — which made Jason especially happy, because he said he did not want to leave behind any U.S. bullets in Chad.

“They asked us every single day to leave the ammo, but we can’t,” Jason said. “All I need is a lot number to tie back to U.S. ammo” in the event it is misused.

Dashing down from the berm, the Chadian soldiers clambered into a Toyota truck, hanging on as it lurched and sped off across a desert path.

“Morale! Morale!” they chanted in French, ignoring Brian’s warning to make a stealthy retreat.

U.S. and Chadian soldiers acknowledge that although the battalion made good progress in learning basic maneuvers, it remained unable to track international terrorists. The Pentagon plans to supply intelligence on targets and let the Chadians do the fighting, a strategy that has been tested in at least one successful operation.

Squatting under a mim tree, Sgt. Mohamed Nour Abakar, 28, sketched lines in sand moist from a desert rain, describing how he served as one of America’s African fighters in a battle against terrorists in March 2004.
“I was between the border of Chad and Libya. . . . It was about 3 p.m.,” he said, when his regiment received intelligence from a U.S. Navy surveillance plane on the location of 80 fighters from an Algerian group affiliated with al Qaeda. The fighters, from the Salafist Group for Call and Combat, were wanted for the kidnapping of 32 European tourists in southern Algeria in 2003.

At 6 p.m., about 150 Chadian soldiers first spotted the guerrillas, who were traveling in eight Toyota trucks mounted with heavy machine guns. “We found the Salafists hunting gazelle. When they saw us, they left the gazelle and began to shoot at us with machine guns,” Abakar said.

Just then, Abakar recalled, the guerrilla commander hurled an insult — and an appeal. “You monkeys! We are not your enemy, we are America’s enemy,” he yelled. “It was our mistake to fire at you, so why are you chasing us? We are all African!”

But the Chadians fought on. They pursued the guerrillas into the hills for two days, killing 28 of them and capturing seven, Abakar said. The Chadians lost 20 men, and Abakar was shot in the chest. “I was about to give up and be a civilian,” he said, “but I found out the Americans were coming with new training, so I joined again.”

At a closing celebration, the Chadians invited the Americans to a feast of goat stuffed with couscous and washed down with local beer. In a ceremony that followed, Abakar goose-stepped forward, clicked the heels of boots held together with staples, and swirled up his arm in salute. Jasper returned an easy salute.
But it wasn’t goodbye: Next month, at an old French commando school north of N’Djamena, they’ll be training together again.

© 2005 The Washington Post Company

6) I met this fellow when last in London in May. Real interesting guy, and to be admired:

http://www.guardian.co.uk/antiwar/story/0,12809,1539340,00.html

Error in law saves parliament protester

Clare Dyer, legal editor
Saturday July 30, 2005
The Guardian

An anti-war protester who has maintained a 24-hour-a-day vigil outside parliament for four years can stay because of a mistake in the drafting of a new law designed to stop him and other protesters from demonstrating there. Three judges decided by a 2-1 majority in the high court that legislation brought in to control demonstrations around the Houses of Parliament did not apply to Brian Haw.

Mr Haw’s solicitor, David Thomas, said: “It is clearly embarrassing for the government if they intended to catch Brian’s demonstration, and that was their position in court. Clearly they drafted the legislation very badly. We are very happy that the court has upheld the very important principle that, if you are legislating for a criminal offence, you have to be absolutely clear about what you are doing.”

The new rules state that, from August 1, anyone wanting to demonstrate in the area must have authorisation from the police “when the demonstration starts”. Mr Haw’s lawyers pointed out that his demonstration had started four years ago and argued that he did not have to apply for authorisation, even though the law was targeted at him….

7) Juan Cole’s take on those who say terrorist incidents have nothing to do with Iraq:

www.juancole.com

“I think it would be a mistake to see al-Qaeda as a corporation where the CEO just gives orders to lower-level employees. It is mainly “a way of working,” as a London policeman pointed out. It is intended as a model to inspire local groups, and as a global network to encourage them.

But occasionally the top leaders do intervene to order specific attacks, where they still have that organizational capacity. It is entirely possible that both London and Sharm El Sheikh were two instances where they could and did.

The worrisome thing is that al-Qaeda and its affiliates are obviously able to use the increasing anger in the Muslim world over Palestine and Iraq to recruit “newskins”, who are not known to intelligence organizations in the countries where they operate.

Strategically, it is increasingly clear that if you wanted to wage a “war on terror,” letting Bin Laden and al-Zawahiri alone while you invade and destabilize Iraq and let the Israeli-Palestinian conflict just fester was a very bad idea.

Many commentators are putting out the straw man argument that the Iraq War cannot be blamed for terrorism because September 11 and Bali, e.g., happened before the Iraq War.

This argument is so dishonest that it should make your blood boil when you hear it. No one is alleging that all the instances of radical Muslim terrorism can be traced to the Iraq War. What is being argued is that the Iraq War provided the already-existing terror networks with an enormous propaganda and recruiting windfall. Would Hasib Hussein, who was 14 in 2001, really have agreed to kill himself and 20 others on a London bus if Bush and Blair had acted responsibly and declined to bog the West down in a guerrilla war in the Muslim country of Iraq? What if instead they had captured Bin Laden and al-Zawahiri, put $200 billion into rebuilding Afghanistan, and used their enormous diplomatic and military weight to resolved the Israeli-Palestinian and Kashmir issues?”

8) While this interview is compelling, I find the framing of the discussion prior to the interview problematic:

http://www.prospectmagazine.co.uk/article_details.php?id=6992

Hassan Butt, a 25 year old from Manchester, helped recruit Muslims to fight in Afghanistan. Like most of the London bombers, he is a British Pakistani who journeyed from rootlessness to radical Islam

Aatish Taseer Aatish Taseer is a former “Time” reporter. He is now a freelance journalist

It is not hard to imagine what the Leeds suburb of Beeston was like before it became known that three of London’s tube bombers worked or lived there. For someone like me— a Punjabi with parents from each side of the India/Pakistan border—the streets of Beeston reveal a pre-partition mixture of Punjabi Muslims and Sikhs. Despite the commotion caused by half the world’s media, men in shalwar kurta (traditional dress from the subcontinent) stand around on street corners chatting as if in a bazaar in Lahore. They oppose Britain’s involvement in the Iraq war, they “hate” America, they might even think that the west has united in a fight against Muslims, but these are not the faces of extremism. Their involvement in 7/7 is a generational one: they have raised the people who are the genus of Islamic extremism in this country—the second-generation British Pakistanis…..

9) ILW Statement on Rep. Tancredo:

Nuking Mecca
Rep. Tancredo recently commented that we should nuke Mecca if terrorists who happen to be Muslims nuked a US city. We believe Mr. Tancredo’s position is legally and morally flawed. According to the laws of war, the US in such a situation would be justified in retaliating directly against locations where the terrorists are and against the military targets of those countries who aided and abetted these terrorists. Religion cannot provide military or moral justification for a US attack against Mecca or Medina. Although Rep. Tancredo’s comments are not criminal, they likely constitute conduct unbecoming a member of the House of Representatives. If the Republican Party decides to take punitive action against Mr. Tancredo, at least three options present themselves: admonishment by the House, admonishment by the House Republican Conference, and most importantly, similiar actions taken by the Colorado State Republican Party, perhaps culminating in revocation of Mr. Tancredo’s Republican party membership.

While we make no claim to be experts either in military law or in political procedure for expelling members of a party, the purpose of our comment is the incident’s clear connection with immigration policy. Rep. Tancredo’s misbehavior represents a golden opportunity for the Republican Party to get rid of one of the main obstacles (Rep. Tancredo) to achieving its goal of a long-term Republican majority in Congress. If the Republican Party chooses to take no action, we suspect that it will be to prevent Rep. Tancredo from gaining even more support from the misguided as a result of punitive efforts against his ill-advised and counter-productive comments.

10) AFL-CIO calls for US withdrawal from Iraq:

News Brief AFL-CIO Passes Resolutions in the Face of Defectionsby Brendan Coyne (bio)

At its annual convention yesterday, the nation’s largest labor organization passed resolutions calling for a greater emphasis on organizing and a quick withdrawal of United States military forces from Iraq, according to news accounts and reports from members attending the event.

As part of a series of resolutions proposed by the Executive Council of the AFL-CIO, delegates to this week’s convention approved the two resolutions Tuesday, and called for an emergency meeting to discuss the departure of two of the Federation’s largest unions.

Labor writer and president emeritus of the National Writers Union Jonathan Tasini first reported that a resolution calling for the US to withdraw troops from Iraq was “rapidly” approved by convention delegates yesterday evening. US Labor Against War (USLAW) released a statement shortly afterward spelling out the terms of the resolution.

The resolution on Iraq was amended on the convention floor to include a call for the “rapid end to the Iraq occupation.” In addition, the resolution demanded better veteran’s benefits from the government and expressed solidarity with Iraqi workers, the USLAW statement said. The resolution was nearly identical to one approved by the AFL-CIO executive committee prior to the convention.

The same day the labor federation passed a resolution calling for a renewed commitment to aggressively organizing US workers, according to press accounts. Reuters reports that the vote approved $22.5 million for the next year’s outreach efforts, double what leaders had previously sought.

That vote reportedly came on top of a demand that member unions spend at least 30 percent of their resources on recruiting and mobilizing new members.

According to the Associated Press, convention delegates also approved a measure to hold a meeting on how to deal with Monday’s defection by the International Brotherhood of Teamsters and Service Employees International Union, who took 3.2 million members with them and cost the Federation about $18 million in annual membership dues.

11) How about that — it looks like New Orleans now has a Progressive talk radio station, AM 1350. Seems like a version of Radio America…:

http://www.pt1350.com/survey/default.asp

Posted in Uncategorized | Leave a comment

Czyz Essay, Cole, Chatham, Escobar, AIPAC, Allam, Tancredo, Bubba, Cole, Ratzinger, ACLU, Marx, Roberts, Gitmo

This is probably the last posting for a week or so — off to the beach:

1) This is an essay on Karl Rove’s creation of enemies, by one of this list’s readers.

US VS. THEM
by Vincent Czyz

At a speaking engagement on June 22, 2005, Karl Rove was quoted—rather infamously now–as saying “Conservatives saw what happened to us on 9/11 and said we will defeat our enemies. Liberals saw what happened to us and said we must understand out enemies.”

I want to examine what Karl said in the context of two films I happened to see in the same week. “Crash,” which stars Don Cheadle among others, is an intricately woven tapestry of Los Angeles tales that portrays what happens (and what could happen) when people of various social classes, races, and ethnicities not only fail to understand one another, but make no effort to do so. The viewer is left to draw the obvious conclusion: if we made that effort, America might actually live up its billing as the Promised Land where race, religion, and ethnic background really don’t matter.

The other film I wanted to mention, also starring Don Cheadle, is “Hotel Rwanda.” As we should all know by now, the Hutus in Rwanda killed some 800,000 of their Tutsi and moderate–I emphasize the word moderate–Hutu neighbors (one can just hear the machetes falling to the rhythm of if-you’re-not-with-us-you’re-against-us). Throughout the movie, the Hutu executioners refer to the Tutsis as “cockroaches”. Why call human beings, many of whom married and had children with Hutus, cockroaches?

I remember watching Holocaust survivor Eli Weisel in an interview on television. When asked how the Nazis were capable of such atrocities, he said—and I have to paraphrase from memory—the Nazis didn’t think of Jews as human beings, they turned them into something less than human, into sub-humans.

Karl Rove turns human beings—many of whom had not the slightest connection to the Twin Towers or resisting American Marines–into “enemies.” Why? Part of the answer by now is obvious: it makes them easier to kill. But there is a more sinister side to Karl’s rhetoric. Most of us would no doubt agree that an enemy is a bad thing and a majority of us would therefore say that a dead enemy is a good thing. But what if the word “enemy,” a mere three syllables, is not applicable? Then President Bush is no longer defending his country, he is a mass murderer. I am not saying this is the case, I am pointing how the definition of a word or the misapplication of a word can both hide and bring into stark relief altogether different realities.

Watching Hotel Rwanda, we learn (or are reminded) that the genocide was spurred by the assassination of President Juvenal Habyarima, a Hutu. His plane was shot down while attempting to land in the Rwandian capital of Kigali. Hutus quickly blamed Tutsi rebels. It now seems more likely, however, that Hutu extremists, who stood to lose power under the peace agreement recently signed by President Habyarima and the rebels, were responsible. “Repraisals” begin—that is, the slaughter of thousands of Tutsis.

In America, the Twin Towers fell. Saddam Hussein and the Iraqi people had absolutely nothing to do with it. The CIA reported it. The FBI reported it. Rumsfeld admitted it. Colin Powell, who resigned from the administration two years too late, admitted it. And yet, nearly two thousand Americans are dead—and thousands more horribly maimed. More than 100,000 Iraqis are dead (the Johns Hopkins study was conducted last fall and the deaths continue). In addition, the US has spent between 250 and 350 billion dollars—estimates vary–which has helped Bush rack up the largest budget deficit in US history (and yet, in the debates, George successfully portrayed Kerry as a liberal who would spend too much!).This war was successfully sold to the American people by insisting Saddam Hussein was somehow linked to Al-Qaeda and that Saddam had weapons of mass destruction (WMDs) he couldn’t wait to use on America.

However, if neither Hussein nor Iraq had anything to do with the 9/11 attacks, how did attacking Iraq become “defeating our enemies” as Karl Rove put it? When it became clear that Iraq was in no way responsible for the attack on America, when it became equally clear the back-up reason—put forth to sway slightly less gullible Americans—that Iraq had WMDs had fallen through, Bush merely changed his story and said, we are spilling lots of American blood, spending hundreds of billions of dollars, and killing tens of thousands of Iraqis so that we can bring the Iraqis freedom and democracy.

Fortunately, the Iraqis have plenty of oil to pay for their freedom and Halliburton is gleefully overcharging Americans to transport it. Who, by the way, are we going to “free” next? (North Korea needn’t worry; although, unlike Iraq, they actually have nuclear capability and a delivery system that can reach US soil, they have nothing we want and we are not likely to be invaded any time soon.)

The war in Afghanistan, while lamentably handled in many ways, at least stands up to the rhetoric: Bin Laden was there and had the support of the ruling Taliban. But suppose the US had given so much as the mere impression of caring about Islamic concerns, of treating Muslim countries fairly? Suppose the grievances of the Islamic world really were listened to and taken seriously by the US and the rest of the west? In such a case, it is almost certain Bin Laden wouldn’t exist in his present form.

For the last ten years, I’ve lived on and off in Istanbul, Turkey. According to several Turkish friends of mine, all well-educated and all connected to universities, the Turkish government warned the CIA—for years–against arming Islamic fundamentalists to fight the Soviet Union and other communist nations. But the CIA went ahead with this practice, failing to understand what the Turks had always understood—that the enemy of my enemy is not necessarily my friend. The result was Bin Laden and his followers. If we go back a few decades, we find that we failed miserably to understand the Vietnamese mentality–and we know where that got us.

Karl is not stupid; he makes rather simple-minded statements, but he’s been successful with his black and white, us vs. them approach so why up the sophistication of his rhetoric? I am sure he could, if the need arose. I am equally sure some school teacher or other told him at one time or another that an ounce of prevention is worth a pound of cure. The fact is, neither he nor this administration is interested in “freedom” and ‘democracy” (except insofar as it gets in their way), they are interested in bolstering their positions and that of their supporters. The war in Iraq was not a tragedy to be averted, but an opportunity which they created.

If, however, we happen to be interested in how tragedies occur, we might return to the movie, “Crash.” One of the subplots in the movie follows the fortunes of a man of Middle Eastern ethnicity (“When,” he asks, “did Persian become Arab?”). He is sure that his store was vandalized because an Hispanic locksmith, trying to cheat him, did not properly fix a door that wouldn’t lock. Insurance will not pay for the damage and the shopkeeper has, as he laments, “lost everything.” Needless to say, he blames the locksmith. Now he’s not going to go over and talk to the guy (their first conversation was a failure because the shopkeeper was a bit on edge and didn’t quite understand that it wasn’t a new lock he needed but a new door), he’s gonna retaliate, the shopkeeper is like Karl, he’s gonna take out the pistol he recently purchased for protection and show that Hispanic homeboy a thing or two.

We in the audience understand what is actually going on, we know the underlying causes of the store-owner’s resentment and frustration, we understand the locksmith and his situation as well–in every sc
enario, we are aware of what motivates each character’s behavior. When the shopkeeper shows up at the locksmith’s house, we are squirming in our seats saying, “No, no, you don’t understand—“ and desperately wishing someone in the film knew what we knew and would leap to the rescue not with a samurai sword or a laser blaster or a 44 magnum or a cruise missile, but with the simple truth, we wish someone would explain this to the shopkeeper what exactly happened because then he would put down that pistol and we would get our happy Hollywood ending.

Alas, America is not a country of understanding. I recall watching, for the first and last time, Bill O’Reilly while he interviewed a professor of Middle Eastern decent. Bill O’Reilly rudely interrupted the professor’s careful explication of the situation in Afghanistan and said something like, “Frankly, we Americans don’t care about the difference between Pashtuns and Tajiks …” Bill and Karl are just like kids who get a toy for Christmas that requires some assembly; they don’t want to read the instructions, they want to play with it immediately. Only after doing some irreparable damage do they go back and look at the instruction booklet.

Oddly enough, while Bill and Karl aren’t interested in understanding, our courts of law make every effort to understand not only those accused of crimes but convicted criminals as well. No doubt one of them would chime, “And that’s the problem with our courts, all this liberal understanding …” Is it? Are all killings, to single out one crime, equal? If a law-abiding member of the NRA (let’s call him Chuck) shoots a man who has broken into his home and attacked his family with a knife, and if that man dies of gunshot wounds, should we sentence Chuck to life in prison or the electric chair? Well, of course not. Although the Jesus I read about in the Gospels doesn’t sanction self-defense—a point guys like Rove conveniently ignore–our laws do.

The fact is, we have a whole judicial system based not on punishing the criminal, but on understanding what led to the crime and then finding a punishment that is just. The Karl Roves of the world, following the example of Arnaud-Amaury, seem to prefer cutting through all that legal malarkey: “Kill ‘em all,” Karl might say, “let God sort them out!”

I am referring to the infamous Albigensian Crusade against the French Cathars. Deriving their name from the Greek, Katharos, meaning pure, the Cathars renounced worldly pleasures and considered themselves good Christians. They were, however, fiercely resistant to religious authority and to the Catholic Church in particular.

Pope Innocent III considered the sect both heretical and a threat to the Church. The papal bull he issued declared that the lands belonging to these heretics would be distributed among the knights who seized them. Thus, knights who didn’t want to kill for God had the option of killing for land.

An army of some 20,000 crusaders gathered in Lyons under the command of Simon IV de Montfort, a knight who’d been disinherited of his uncle’s estates in Leicester in England. No doubt he thought a fat estate in exchange for eradicating a few thousand heretics was a bargain.

On July 21, 1208 the crusaders reached the town of Beziers and demanded that the Cathars who’d taken refuge there be turned over to them. The town, primarily Roman Catholic, refused. On the following day, the crusaders overran the town’s defenses. When the spiritual advisor to the holy campaign–a papal legate named Arnaud-Amaury–was asked by one of the knights how they were to differentiate between Catholics and Cathars, Arnaud-Amaury delivered his infamous reply, “Kill them all! God will recognize His own!” Within hours, some 10,000 townspeople had been put to the sword although only 200 or so were in fact Cathars.

If the Albigensian Crusade seems barbaric, if you feel outraged, perhaps you should not focus on the Cathars, Arnaud-Amaury, and Simon de Montfort, instead you should remember the Iraqis, Rove, and Bush: to get Saddam Hussein, more than a hundred thousand Iraqis have been killed and Bush’s cronies have gotten control of Iraq’s oil fields.

Let’s suppose, for a moment, we don’t bother to figure out our enemies but now suppose we make an actual and—here’s the tricky part—successful effort to make “our enemies” understand us? Then they’d know we come in peace and mean them no harm—unless they harm us first, then we will toss aside that Christian bit about turning the other cheek and annihilate as many as we see fit. (We need another hypothesis here that states we really DO mean them no harm and we come in peace even if they have the second largest oil reserves in the world.) What if we also make them understand that we really and truly only want what’s best for the world (with the exception, of course, of the present administration, whose key members have openly admitted they want to usher in the Pax Americana and maintain American hegemony around the globe into the foreseeable future). So long as they know we stand for truth, justice, and the American w … I mean, truth, justice, and global peace, then we wouldn’t have had 9-11 in the first place. They (“our enemies”) would know they could come to us, meet with our leaders in Washington, calmly and rationally explain their grievances, and our leaders would do whatever was in their power to help them out.

I don’t think, however, Karl Rove would be too happy about a world in which conflicts aren’t resolved by arms but by negotiations. In such a world, members of the Bush administration—chiefly Dick Cheney–and Halliburton wouldn’t get their chance to be war profiteers; Karl Rove wouldn’t have been able to smear John Kerry by pretending Kerry is weak and doesn’t want to slaughter as many of America’s “enemies” as the most up-to-date weaponry will permit; then, we wouldn’t have “enemies” we would have neighbors in the international community (and how would Bush take our minds off the largest budget deficit in history; with a war in Iraq going on, who even noticed his administration’s decision to reclassify mercury as a non-toxic pollutant)? Then, there would be no collateral damage in Afghanistan numbering in the thousands (my reasoning, just to be clear, is that if we had understood our “enemies,” they would not have been enemies and there would have been no 9/11). Then there would be no dead Americans in Iraq and, in all likelihood, 100,000 Iraqis would still be alive (to say nothing of Iraq’s obliterated infrastructure, razed museums and libraries resulting in an inestimable loss of cultural history, to say nothing of the horribly burned and hideously maimed men and women—mostly civilians of course–who will simply be listed as “wounded”, to say nothing of the roadside bombs going off every week, the fear, the uncertainty, the destroyed homes of the survivors, the chaos and the crime that our overburdened and undersupplied army cannot prevent). Why then, Karl wouldn’t be able to make patriotic speeches about retaliation and enemies, he might have to report something like, we helped fund the construction of another school in Iraq or Afghanistan or perhaps Rwanda–what kind of headline-grabber is that?

For those of us who would rather hear about another school being opened than another roadside bomb going off, it seems one of the first steps is to eliminate labels–cockroaches, Jews, heretics, us, them, enemies, liberals, conservatives (yeah, I’m guilty, too). There are no easy solutions, and even a genuinely kinder, gentler United States may not prompt the rest of the world to follow suit. Nonetheless, that should be our goal. Our aim should not be the destruction of enemies after they have attacked us, it should be to avoid creating enemies in the first place.

2) Juan Cole’s article in Salon about Iraq’s new government and their cozy relations with Iran. Cole
on the mark, as usual:

http://www.salon.com/news/feature/2005/07/21/iran/

The Iraq war is over, and the winner is… IranHamstrung by the Iraq debacle, all Bush can do is gnash his teeth as the hated mullahs in Iran cozy up to their co-religionists in Iraq.

– – – – – – – – – – – –
By Juan Cole
July 21, 2005

Iraq’s new government has been trumpeted by the Bush administration as a close friend and a model for democracy in the region. In contrast, Bush calls Iran part of an axis of evil and dismisses its elections and government as illegitimate. So the Bush administration cannot have been filled with joy when Iraqi Prime Minister Ibrahim al-Jaafari and eight high-powered cabinet ministers paid an extremely friendly visit to Tehran this week.

The two governments went into a tizzy of wheeling and dealing of a sort not seen since Texas oil millionaires found out about Saudi Arabia. Oil pipelines, port access, pilgrimage, trade, security, military assistance, were all on the table in Tehran. All the sorts of contracts and deals that U.S. Vice President Dick Cheney had imagined for Halliburton, and that the Pentagon neoconservatives had hoped for Israel, were heading instead due east.

Jaafari’s visit was a blow to the Bush administration’s strategic vision, but a sweet triumph for political Shiism. In the dark days of 1982, Tehran was swarming with Iraqi Shiite expatriates who had been forced to flee Saddam Hussein’s death decree against them. They had been forced abroad, to a country with which Iraq was then at war. Ayatollah Khomeini, the newly installed theocrat of Iran, pressured the expatriates to form an umbrella organization, the Supreme Council for Islamic Revolution in Iraq (SCIRI), which he hoped would eventually take over Iraq. Among its members were Jaafari and Abdul Aziz al-Hakim. On Jan. 30, 2005, Khomeini’s dream finally came true, courtesy of the Bush administration, when the Supreme Council and the Dawa Party won the Iraqi elections. Jaafari, a Dawa Party activist working for an Islamic republic, had been in exile in Tehran from 1980 to 1989. A physician trained at Mosul, the reserved and somewhat inarticulate Jaafari studied Shiite law and theology as an auditor at the seminaries of Qom. His party, Dawa, was briefly part of SCIRI but in 1984 split with it to maintain its autonomy.

Iraq has a Shiite Muslim majority of some 62 percent. Iran’s Shiite majority is thought to be closer to 90 percent. The Shiites of the two countries have had a special relationship for over a millennium. Saddam had sealed the border for more than two decades, but throughout centuries, tens of thousands of Iranians have come on pilgrimage to the holy Shiite shrines of Najaf and Karbala every year. Iraqis likewise go to Iran for pilgrimage, study and trade. Although neoconservatives like Paul Wolfowitz maintained before the Iraq war that Iraqis are more secular and less interested in an Islamic state than Iranians, in fact the ideas of Khomeini had had a deep impact among Iraqi Shiites. When they could vote in January earlier this year, they put the Khomeini-influenced Supreme Council for Islamic Revolution in Iraq in control of seven of the nine southern provinces, along with Baghdad itself.

It was not only history that brought Jaafari to the foothills of the Alborz mountains. The Iraqi prime minister was attempting to break out of the box into which his government has been stuffed by the Sunni Arab guerrilla movement. Jaafari’s government does not control the center-north or west of the country and cannot pump much petroleum from Kirkuk because of oil sabotage. Trucking to Jordan is often difficult. The Jaafari government depends heavily on the Rumaila oil field in the south, but lacks refining capability. Iraq lacks a deep water port on the Gulf and needs to replace inland “ports” like Amman because of poor security. An initiative toward the east could resolve many of these problems, strengthening the Shiites against the Sunni guerrillas economically and militarily and so saving the new government.

The last time Iran and Iraq had really warm relations was the mid-1950s. Iraq then had a British-installed constitutional monarchy, and Prime Minister Nuri as-Said was fanatically pro-Western. The CIA had put Mohammad Reza Shah back on the throne in 1953, deposing the democratically elected prime minister, Mohammad Mossadegh (who had angered the United States when he nationalized the Iranian oil industry). In 1955 Said and the shah both signed on to the Baghdad Pact, a U.S.-sponsored security agreement against the Soviet Union and Arab nationalist Gamal Abdel Nasser of Egypt. The pact proved ill-fated, however. A popular revolution overthrew the Iraqi monarchy in 1958, and Nuri’s corpse was dragged in the street. Another popular revolution overthrew the shah in 1979. In 1980-1988, Iran-Iraq relations reached their nadir, as Saddam Hussein’s Baath Party and Khomeini’s Revolutionary Guards slugged it out on battlefields of a dreary horror not seen since World War I. Jaafari’s visit was designed to erase the bitter legacies of that war.
Iraq’s Eastern Policy does not come without at least symbolic costs. On Saturday, Jaafari made a ceremonial visit to the tomb of Ayatollah Khomeini, on which he laid a wreath. In a meeting with Supreme Jurisprudent Ali Khamenei on Monday, according to the Tehran Times, Jaafari “called the late Imam Khomeini the key to the victory of the Islamic Revolution, adding, ‘We hope to eliminate the dark pages Saddam caused in Iran-Iraq ties and open a new chapter in brotherly ties between the two nations.'” The American right just about had a heart attack at the possibility (later shown false) that newly elected Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad had been among the militants who took U.S. diplomats hostage in 1979. But the hostage takers had been blessed by Khomeini himself, to whom Jaafari was paying compliments.

When Jaafari met the head of the Iranian judiciary, Ayatollah Mahmoud Hashemi Shahrudi, on Tuesday, the two discussed expanding judicial cooperation between the two countries. Shahrudi said that cooperation with Iran’s Draconian “justice system” has had a positive impact on other Muslim countries. He called for Iraq to coordinate with something called the “Islamic Human Rights Organization” — an Orwellian phrase in dictatorial Iran, a state that tortures political prisoners and engages in other acts of brutality. And he urged the Iraqi government to put greater reliance on “popular forces” (local and national Shiite militias) in establishing security.

Jaafari was probably only indulging his clerical host, but his Dawa Party certainly does hope to have Islamic law play a greater role in Iraqi society. The New York Times revealed on Wednesday that the new draft of the Iraqi constitution will put personal status matters, many of them affecting women, under religious courts.
For his polite forbearance as his Iranian hosts boasted of the superiority of their Islamic government and grumbled about all those trouble-making American troops in the Iraqi countryside, Jaafari was richly rewarded. Iran offered to pay for three pipelines that would stretch across the southern border of the two countries. Iraq will ship 150,000 barrels a day of light crude to Iran to be refined, and Iran will ship back processed petroleum, kerosene and gasoline. The plan could be operational within a year, according to Petroleum Minister Ibrahim Bahr al-Ulum, whose father is a prominent Shiite cleric.

In addition, Iran will supply electricity. Iran will sell Iraq 200,000 tons of wheat. Iran is offering Iraq use of its ports to transship goods to Iraq. Iran is offering a billion dollars in foreign aid. Iran will step up cooperation in policing the borders of the two countries. Supreme Jurisprudent Khamenei has called for the preservation of the territorial integrity of Iraq. In fact, Iran is offering so much for so little that it looks
an awful lot like influence peddling.

The previous week, Defense Minister Saadoun Dulaimi had made a preparatory trip to Tehran, exploring the possibility of military cooperation between the two countries. At one point it even seemed that the two had reached an agreement that Iran would help train Iraqi troops. One can only imagine that Washington went ballistic and applied enormous pressure on Jaafari to back off this plan. The Iraqi government abandoned it, on the grounds that an international agreement had already specified that out-of-country training of Iraqi troops in the region should be done in Jordan. But the Iraqi government did give Tehran assurances that they would not allow Iraqi territory to be used in any attack on Iran — presumably a reference to the United States.

Iranian leaders pressed Jaafari on the continued presence in Iraq of the Mojahedin-e Khalq (MEK), an Iranian terrorist organization with ties to the Pentagon, elements in the Israeli lobby, and members of the U.S. Congress and Senate. Saddam had used the MEK to foment trouble for Iran. Jaafari promised that they had been disarmed and would not be allowed to conduct terrorist raids from Iraqi soil.

Not surprisingly, the warming relations between Tehran and Baghdad have greatly alarmed Iraq’s Sunni Muslims. They know that Iranian offers of help in training Iraqi security officers, and Iranian professions of support for a united, peaceful Iraq are code for the suppression by Shiite troops and militias of the Sunni Arab guerrilla movement. Many Iraqi Sunnis believe that the Sunni Arabs are the true majority, but that millions of illegal Iranian emigrants masquerading as Iraqi Shiites have flooded into the country, skewing vote totals in the recent elections. This belief, for all its irrationality, makes them especially suspicious of Shiite politicians cozying up to the ayatollahs in Tehran. A recent BBC documentary reported that the Sunnis of Fallujah despise Iraqi Shiites even more than they do the Americans, in part because they code them as Persians (in fact they are Arabs).

Although officials in Washington felt constrained to issue polite assurances that they want good relations between Iraq and Iran, the U.S. State Department, the Central Intelligence Agency, and hawks in the Bush administration all have a grudge against Iran, and would as soon overthrow the mullahs as spit at them. But thanks to the Iraq debacle, that is no longer a viable option. State Department spokesman Sean McCormack revealed the true amount of influence Washington has in Baghdad when he admitted that the Bush administration has not “had a chance” to discuss Jaafari’s trip to Iran with the prime minister.

The Iranians hold a powerful hand in the Iraqi poker game. They have geopolitical advantages, are flush with petroleum profits because of the high price of oil, and have much to offer their new Shiite Iraqi partners. Their long alliance with Iraqi president Jalal Talabani gives them Kurdish support as well. Bush’s invasion removed the most powerful and dangerous regional enemy of Iran, Saddam Hussein, from power. In its aftermath, the religious Shiites came to power at the ballot box in Iraq, bestowing on Tehran firm allies in Baghdad for the first time since the 1950s. And in a historic irony, Iran’s most dangerous enemy of all, the United States, invaded Iran’s neighbor with an eye to eventually toppling the Tehran regime — but succeeded only in defeating itself.

The ongoing chaos in Iraq has made it impossible for Bush administration hawks to carry out their long-held dream of overthrowing the Iranian regime, or even of forcing it to end its nuclear ambitions. (The Iranian nuclear research program will almost certainly continue, since the Iranians are bright enough to see what happened to the one member of the “axis of evil” that did not have an active nuclear weapons program.) The United States lacks the troops, but perhaps even more critically, it is now dependent on Iran to help it deal with a vicious guerrilla war that it cannot win. In the Middle East, the twists and turns of history tend to make strange bedfellows — something the neocons, whose breathtaking ignorance of the region helped bring us to this place, are now learning to their dismay.

More than two years after the fall of Saddam Hussein, it is difficult to see what real benefits have accrued to the United States from the Iraq war, though a handful of corporations have benefited marginally. In contrast, Iran is the big winner. The Shiites of Iraq increasingly realize they need Iranian backing to defeat the Sunni guerrillas and put the Iraqi economy right, a task the Americans have proved unable to accomplish. And Iran will still be Iraq’s neighbor long after the fickle American political class has switched its focus to some other global hot spot.

3) Here’s the full Chatham House (Royal Institute forInternational Affairs) report referred to in the previous posting. This is not a bunch of wild eyedleftists saying that invading Iraq has made us a lotless safe:

http://image.guardian.co.uk/sys-files/Politics/documents/2005/07/18/Chathamreport.pdf

4) Here’s a political analysis of al-Qaida by Pepe Escobar:

By Pepe Escobar
http://www.atimes.com

BRUSSELS – It could be that corner shop selling beer after hours, or that bakery. It could be a kiosk offering cut-rate fees for calls to Morocco or Egypt: they could all be al-Qaeda sleeper cells, only a five-minute walk from Brussels’ Gare du Midi – the central train station. European Union terrorism analysts and Moroccan experts on Islamism agree that al-Qaeda’s operational headquarters in Europe are now located in Belgium and the Netherlands.

According to Moroccan analyst Mohamed Darif, Moroccans are now positioned at decision-making levels in al-Qaeda cells operating in Europe, Saudi Arabia and Iraq. Logistical and financial support networks for al-Qaeda in Europe now transit among the 300,000-strong Moroccan diaspora in Brussels and Amsterdam. Recruitment is on the rise – among the pious as well as among born-again Islamists, among the delinquent as well as among young immigrants who see jihad as the way to redeem themselves from their sins. At the same time, the exodus to jihad lands is also on the rise. It’s not only destination Iraq; more and more so-called “white Moors” – white Muslims carrying European Union passports – are leaving for jihad training in Chechnya.

Both German and French secret services are now concentrating on young, EU Muslims who leave for jihad training in Iraq and come back to Europe to join or start sleeper cells. The British for their part are concentrating on individual jihad – extremely autonomous groups who either manage to contact or be contacted by an al-Qaeda operative so they can discuss targets and logistical support.

Abdallah Rami, another Moroccan expert, says there’s one thing more important than the rush towards the Iraqi training ground and its wealth of information regarding urban warfare, clandestine networks and the privatization of means of mass destruction. Even more powerful, Rami says, is the appeal of “individual jihad”: “Thanks to the Internet, an individual may become radical, acquire a terrorist education and prepare and execute an attack all by himself, without ever being in contact with al-Qaeda.” This is what self-service jihad is all about.

The moderate Sunni Arab world could not but panic. The spread of self-service jihad has led major Arab-language media like al-Hayat and Asharq al-Awsat to start debating “Islamo-fascism”. But the debate would be more profitable if it concentrated on al-Qaeda’s foreign policy. Just like Washington neo-conservatives, al-Qaeda seems to be engaged in regime change – fighting to place rulers, especially in the Arab world, who do not clash with its pol
itical ambitions, even if such leaders don’t subscribe to al-Qaeda’s worldview.

Contrary to the official line of both the George W Bush and Tony Blair governments, it’s not hatred of Western values and freedom that drives the Salafi-jihadis. This is a fight for political power. Al-Qaeda is profiting immensely from the fact that average, moderate Muslims in the Middle East as well as in Europe have become so enraged by the excesses of the US imperial adventure in Iraq that for them the only counter-measure is to become a jihadi.

The big pictureAs far as the London bombings are concerned, the al-Qaeda-Pakistani connection is now firmly established. The operation may have been planned in Pakistan in March 2004, immediately after the Madrid bombing. Muhammad Siddique Khan, the oldest of the bombers (it’s not proven they were suicide bombers; they may have been deceived) has been linked to Libyan Abu Faraj al-Libbi, a high-profile new generation al-Qaeda operative recently captured in Pakistan.

EU analysts are seriously considering what in intelligence circles is regarded as al-Qaeda’s master plan, a document called “Al-Qaeda strategy up to the year 2020”, probably written by Egyptian war strategist Muhammad Mekkawi. Mekkawi talks about the establishment of a jihadi battleground ranging from Afghanistan to Syria and Lebanon. Iraq of course is crucial in the overall strategy. Al-Qaeda wants nothing less than control of Baghdad. In the past few days, the numbers once again have proved that what happened one day in London is what reality is all about in Iraq: 17 bombings in 72 hours, more than 40 suicide bombings – and counting – in July alone, including the ghastly spectacle in Musayyib, south of Baghdad, where more than 100 people were killed and 130 injured when a suicide bomber blew up a fuel tanker near a crowded marketplace, right in front of a Shi’ite mosque.

Last week, the interior and justice ministers of the 25 EU members gathered in Brussels for an extraordinary summit on terrorism. They decided to enforce an EU-wide mandate to obtain evidence, keep individual cellphone records for one year, and improve EU-wide information exchanges between police, surveillance and justice bodies.

But the EU is still far from adopting a US-style Patriot Act. EU-based humanitarian or charity organizations are not as controlled as they are in the US.

Dutchman Gijs de Vries, in effect the EU’s Mr Counterterrorism, is worried: what has been decided has to be put in practice as soon as possible. Many of the 25 still have not approved their own anti-terrorist legislation. On the other hand, some members, like France, are toughening the police state. Nicolas Sarkozy, France’s controversial interior minister, wants to intensify the expulsion of preachers, accelerate the education of “made in France” imams, keep all video-surveillance tapes in stock and expand to the whole EU the conservation of telephone records. French jihadi candidates to Iraq recently discovered in a northern Paris neighborhood might as well relocate, probably by taking the Thalys train to Belgium or the Netherlands.
Most new-generation jihadis didn’t care about Islam before they became born-again Islamists. Most are well-educated, middle class and even married – like the London bombers. They may continue to cause terror inside Europe because of the policies of the governments there – be they Spanish, British, Italian or Danish – which they consider humiliating to Muslims, not because they have been indoctrinated by a fiery Salafi cleric in London or Paris. Al-Qaeda has never cared about Western “values” or “freedom”. One just has to listen carefully to Osama bin Laden and his deputy Ayman al-Zawahiri. They’ve always repeated the same themes: if you bomb our cities, we will bomb yours; if you leave our lands, stop planting corrupt leaders and stop plundering our resources, we will stop.

(Copyright 2005 Asia Times Online Ltd. All rights reserved. Please contact us for information on sales, syndication and republishing.)

5) Here’s a long story on AIPAC intrigues within Washington circles:

http://www.thenation.com/doc.mhtml?i=20050801&s;=rozen

The Big Chill
Laura Rozen

A chill has taken hold lately among both government officials and the US media. It comes in the wake of a US district court’s decision to jail a New York Times reporter for refusing to reveal to a grand jury her sources in the Bush Administration and the FBI investigation of a Pentagon Iran analyst for leaking classified information to former officials with the pro-Israel lobby group AIPAC. As a result, those who engage in what have long been standard Washington practices–reporters ferreting out information from government sources, those sources confiding in policy associates, lobbyists and reporters–have become increasingly inhibited in carrying out their jobs.

Even as a press frenzy surrounds a grand jury investigation of whether top presidential advisor Karl Rove leaked a CIA officer’s identity to the press, unease in the Washington policy and journalistic communities is also evident. In the wake of Times reporter Judith Miller’s jailing and in fear of government prosecution, the Cleveland Plain Dealer has decided, on the advice of its lawyers, not to publish two major articles based on leaked government information. At a recent gathering in a suburban Maryland living room, the conversation among a handful of foreign policy experts and reporters was about the sense of fear and clampdown. One government expert was convinced office phone conversations were regularly monitored by higher-ups, and reporters noted that senior government sources, intimidated by the Franklin investigation, have become more tight-lipped….

6) Analysis of Friedman:

www.counterpunch.org

Did Thomas Friedman Flunk History?
A Muslim Problem
July 18, 2005
By M. SHAHID ALAM

It appears that Mr. Thomas Friedman has a Muslim problem. He has a great deal of trouble thinking straight when writing about Muslims; and, as the New York Times’ resident expert on Islam, he displays this malaise frequently, often twice a week.

In the wake of the recent bombings in London ­ as atrocious as bombings get anywhere ­ Mr. Friedman sums up his thoughts on this terrible tragedy in the title of his column of July 8, 2005, “If it’s a Muslim Problem, It Needs a Muslim Solution.” The conditional ‘If’ is merely a distraction. I could say that it is a deceptive ploy, but I will be more charitable. It is perhaps the last gasp of Mr. Friedman’s conscience, mortified by his own mendacity.

Always the faithful acolyte of Bernard Lewis, Mr. Friedman interprets every Muslim act of violence against the West (and that includes Israel) as the herald of a clash of civilizations. In his own words, when “Al-Qaeda-like bombings come to the London underground, that becomes a civilizational problem. Every Muslim living in a Western society suddenly becomes a suspect, a potential walking bomb.”

First, consider the inflammatory assertion about every Muslim in the West suddenly becoming “a potential walking bomb.” If this were true, imagine the horror of Westerners at the thought of some 60 million potential walking bombs threatening their neighborhoods. Thankfully, the overwhelming majority of Westerners did not start looking upon their Muslim neighbors as “walking bombs” after the terrorist attacks in New York, Madrid or London. Despite the high-pitched alarms raised in very high places, the overwhelming majority of Europeans and Americans knew better than Mr. Friedman.

It appears that Mr. Friedman is propounding a new thesis on civilizational wars. ‘The Muslim extremists,’ he charges, ‘are starting a civilizational war. It all begins when they bomb our cities, forcing us to treat all Muslims here as potential terrorists
. This is going to pit us against them. And that is a civilizational problem.’
The terrorist acts of a few Muslims are terrible tragedies: but do they have a history behind them? Is there a history of Western provocations in the Muslim world? Does the Western world at any point enter the historical chain of causation that now drives a few sane Muslims to acts of terrorism? The only history that Friedman will acknowledge is one of Western innocence. There is no blowback: hence, no Western responsibility, no Western guilt.

Mr. Friedman speaks on this authoritatively and with clarity. The Muslims world has produced a “jihadist death cult in its midst.” “If it does not fight that death cult, that cancer, within its own body politic, it is going to infect Muslim-Western relations everywhere.” His two-fold verdict is clear. Inexplicably, the Muslims have produced a death cult, a religious frenzy, that is driving those infected by it to kill innocent Westerners without provocation. Equally bad, the Muslims have done nothing to condemn, to root out this death cult they have spawned.

There is not even a hint of history in these words. The historical amnesia is truly astounding. Does Mr. Friedman know any history? Of course, he does; but the history he knows is better forgotten if he is to succeed in demonizing the Muslim world. The oppressors choose to forget the history of their depredations, or substitute a civilizing mission for their history of brutalities, bombings, massacres, ethnic cleansings and expropriations. It is the oppressed peoples who know the history of their oppression: they know it because they have endured it. Its history is seared into their memory, their individual and collective memory. Indeed, they can liberate themselves only by memorializing this history.

Which part of the history of the Muslim world should I recall for the benefit of Mr. Friedman? I will not begin with the Crusades or the forced conversion of the Spanish Muslims and their eventual expulsion from Spain. That is not the history behind the “jihadist death cult.” I could begin with the creation of a Jewish state in 1948 in lands inhabited by Palestinians; the 1956 invasion of Egypt by Britain, France and Israel; Israel’s pre-emptive war of 1967 against three Arab states; the meticulously planned destruction of Palestinian society in the West Bank and Gaza since 1967; the Israeli occupation of Lebanon, stretching from 1982 to 2000; the massacre of 200,000 Bosnian Muslims in the 1990s; the devastation of Chechnya in 1996 and since 1999; the brutalities against Kashmiris since the 1990s; the deadly sanctions against Iraq from 1990 to 1993 which killed one and a half million Iraqis; the pogrom against Gujarati Muslims in 2002; the US invasion of Iraq in April 2003 which has already killed more than 200,000 Iraqis. Clearly, there is a lot that Mr. Friedman has to forget, to erase from his history books.

Mr. Friedman’s memory only goes back to the latest terrorist attacks of Muslims against Western targets. That is not to say by any stretch that these terrorist attacks are defensible. Clearly, they are not. But they will not be stopped by willfully and perversely erasing the layered history behind these acts. They will not be stopped by more wars and more occupations. If Mr. Friedman would unplug his ears, that is the clear message flowing everyday from the American or American-supported occupations of Palestine, Iraq and Afghanistan.
Frustrated by what he sees as the unwillingness of the Muslim world to smash the “jihadist (read: Islamic) death cult,” Mr. Friedman issues a dire warning: ‘Smash your cultists or we will do it for you. We will do it in a “rough and crude way,” by denying visas to Muslims and making every Muslim in our midst “guilty until proven innocent.”‘ This clinches my point that Mr. Friedman cannot think straight when he talks about Muslims. Apparently, he does not realize that his proposal to deny visas to nearly a quarter of the world’s population would seriously jeopardize globalization ­ his own pet project. Incidentally, this also raises another question. Why wasn’t Mr. Friedman pushing his visa proposal after 9-11? But, in those heady days he was too busy peddling the war against Iraq as the panacea for the troubles of America and Israel.

What is Mr. Friedman’s agenda in all this? No doubt, he will claim he is a man of peace: no less than George Bush or Ariel Sharon. We know that Mr. Friedman is no naïf; neither are we gullible fools. Mr. Friedman can sense that the history he tries so hard to camouflage ­ the history of Western domination over the Muslim world ­ may change before his eyes. He has been hoping that the United States can forestall this by wars, by occupying and re-making the Arab world, a second, deeper Balkanization of the Middle East that his neoconservative allies have been pushing under the rubric of democratization.

Already that project is in tatters. Despite all their inane rhetoric about fighting the terrorists in Baghdad, the policy makers in Washington know that their wars in Iraq and Afghanistan are spawning more terrorists than they can handle, and not just in Iraq and Afghanistan. The terrorists have struck Western targets in Bali, Riyadh, Istanbul, Karachi, Madrid, and now London. The United States could have leveraged these terrorist acts to strike Iran or Syria or both. But these plans are now on hold. Even Mr. Friedman admits that “there is no obvious target to retaliate against.” One has to add, the targets are obvious enough, but they look much harder after Iraq.

In desperation, Mr. Friedman has now issued two new threats. He is warning Muslims living in the West, ‘If your coreligionists do not stop their terrorist attacks against us, we will hold you hostages here.’ To the Muslims living outside the Western world his message is equally sanguine, “Smash the terrorists or forget about ever setting foot in the United States.”

Perhaps, judging from the endless rush of visa applicants at US consulates in Muslim countries, Mr. Friedman thinks this will bring the Muslim masses to their senses. In every street, every neighborhood, Arabs, Pakistanis and Indonesians will form anti-terrorist vigilante groups, and hunt down the terrorists. If this works out, it could be the cleverest coup since the marketing of Coke and Pepsi to the hungry masses in the Third World.

Regrettably, the visa proposal will not work. The United States has already mobilized nearly every Muslim government ­ with their armies, police and secret services ­ to catch the Muslim terrorists. Not that the Musharrafs and Mubaraks have failed. Indeed, they have caught ‘terrorists’ by the truck loads, and dispatched many of them ex post haste to Washington.

In this enterprise, it is the United States that has failed. It has been producing terrorists much faster than the ‘good Muslims’ can catch them. Perhaps, after Madrid and London the rhetoric about fighting the terrorists in Baghdad is beginning to strain even the ears of the faithful in the red states. Perhaps, the faithful are now ready for a new tune. Perhaps, in time the Muslim world will take Mr. Friedman’s advice, suppress terrorism, and deny business visas to Americans unless the United States pulls out its troops from every Muslim country.

After that Mr. Friedman might wish he had thought a little harder about the law of unintended consequences!
M. Shahid Alam, professor of economics at Northeastern University, is a regular contributor to CounterPunch.org. Some of his CounterPunch essays are now available in a book, Is There An Islamic Problem (Kuala Lumpur: The Other Press, 2004). He may be reached at alqalam02760@yahoo.com.

7) The action discussed here may not be as distant or abstract as sane people think, judging from Friedman’s opinions:

ADC Action Alert:Congressman Tancredo Advocates Preemptive Nuclear Strike on
Mecca
http://capwiz.com/adc/issues/alert/?alertid=7849551&type;=CU

July 18, 2005, Washington, DC – In a radio interview last Thursday, July 14, Congressman Tom Tancredo (R-CO) advocated the United States preemptively strike Mecca with nuclear weapons.

The Colorado Congressman made his comments on the Pat Campbell Radio Show (AM 540, WFLA, online at: http://www.540wfla.com/patcampbell.html) in response to Campbell’s statement that terrorists are seeking the means to attack the United States with a dirty bomb. Tancredo suggested that a preemptive attack on Mecca would be enough of a threat to make terrorists think twice about attacking the United States again. Listen to his comments
here:http://www.540wfla.com/timages/page/media/Tancredo_comments_071405.mp3

The American-Arab Anti-Discrimination Committee (ADC) is alarmed at Congressman Tancredo’s comments advocating an attack on Mecca. It is irresponsible for a member of the United States Congress to advocate destroying the holy site of the world’s 1.2 billion Muslims with a nuclear weapon. For good reason members of Congress and the Administration have expressed deep concern at the negative effects of hateful rhetoric directed against the United States in some elements of the Arab and Muslim worlds. But we must also be keenly aware of the damaging and irrational rhetoric against Arabs and Islam expressed by members of Congress, the Administration, and the media.

Statements by members of Congress, just like the legislation they pass, are closely followed around the world. Tancredo’s remarks will be widely distributed by media outlets throughout the world and will be seen as representative of the views of the United States government. At a time when the United States is asking religious tolerance of others shouldn’t others expect the same from the United States?

This incident is all the more inexplicable as just last week, on July 14, Congressman Tancredo expressed extreme disapproval at a Chinese government official for his remarks regarding the use of nuclear weapons. Tancredo said “For a senior government official to exhibit such tremendous stupidity by making such a brazen threat is hardly characteristic of a modern nation.” For more information, see:

http://tancredo.house.gov/pressers/0714TancredoSlamsSeniorChineseOfficialForNukeThreat2.htm

In a letter faxed to Congressman Tancredo today, former congresswoman Mary Rose Oakar, ADC President said, “While we must do all that we can to find terrorists and end their means to strike again, advocating for a nuclear attack against a holy place revered by the world’s 1.2 billion followers of Islam is completely unacceptable and contrary to American values and tradition of freedom and tolerance of religion.” Oakar said, “These remarks have no place in the United States Congress.”

ADC demands Congressman Tancredo provide an immediate and public explanation for his remarks. We urge ADC members, supporters, and friends to contact the congressman and request a clarification and apology. Additionally, ADC asks members of Congress and the Bush Administration to denounce Congressman’s Tancredo’s comments and to clarify that dropping a nuclear bomb on Mecca is not part of the United States policy to win the war on terrorism.

Congressman Tancredo can be reached at:
Washington Office
1130 Longworth HOBWashington, DC 20515-0606Phone 202.225.7882FAX: 202-226-4623Website: http://tancredo.house.gov/

District Office6099 South Quebec St., Suite 200Centennial, Colorado 80111-4547Phone: 720-283-9772

8) This logic is reversible:

City Councilman ejected from studio.

T. Bubba Bechtol, part time City Councilman from Midland, TX, was asked on a local live radio talk show the other day just what he thought of the allegations of torture of the Iraqi prisoners. His reply prompted his ejection from the studio, but to thunderous applause from the audience.

“If hooking up an Iraqi prisoner’s scrotum to a car’s battery cables will save one American GI’s life, then I have just two things to say”:

1. “Red is positive”
2. “Black is negative

9) Juan Cole commentary:

www.juancole.com

Christian Terrorist Rudolph Sentenced

Notorious Christian terrorist Eric Rudolph was sentenced to two life terms on Monday. The one-time fugitive had carried out four bombings that terrorized the southeastern areas of the United States. Among his crimes were the blowing up of an abortion clinic in Birmingham, Alabama, which killed a policeman, and a bombing of the 1996 Olympic Games in Atlanta, Georgia.

As his sister-in-law made clear, Rudolph is driven by the ideology of the “Christian Identity” hate group. Terry Nichols of the Oklahoma City bombing was likewise connected to Christian identity and their “Elohim City”.
What the Rightwing Press Will not Say :

Thomas Friedman will not write an op-ed for the New York Times about what is wrong with white southern Christian males that they keep producing these terrorists. He will also not ask why Jerry Falwell and Pat Robertson are not denouncing Eric Rudolph every day at the top of their lungs.

No reporter will interview frightened Iraqis about their fears at hearing that there are 138,000 armed Christians in their country belonging to the same faith as the bomber, Rudolph, some of them from his stomping grounds of Florida and North Carolina.

Daniel Pipes will not write a column for the New York Post suggesting that white southern Christians be put in internment camps until it can be determined why they keep producing terrorists and antisemites.
George W. Bush will not issue a statement that “Christianity is a religion of peace and we will not allow the Eric Rudolphs to hijack it for their murderous purposes.”

Frank Gaffney will not write a column for the Washington Post castigating the Republican Party for appeasement in surrendering to the terrorist threats of radical Christians, by now opposing reproductive rights.

Max Boot will not point out that if the United States could only keep the Philippines in the early twentieth century by killing 400,000 Filipinos, than that was what needed to be done, and if the US can only beat back radical Christians by killing 400,000 of them, then that may just be necessary.

Pat Buchanan will not write a column blasting King George III for having promoted the illegal immigration into the American south of criminal elements, whose maladjusted descendants are still making trouble.

10) Ratzinger on the beat:

Read below, a letter written two years ago by then-Cardinal Ratzinger to a German author whose book condemns Harry Potter as anti-Christian.

The original letters in German are here:http://www.lifesite.net/ldn/2005_docs/ratzingerletter.pdf
http://www.lifesite.net/ldn/2005_docs/ratzingerpermission.pdf

Joseph Cardinal Ratzinger
Vatican City
March 7, 2003

Esteemed and dear Ms. Kuby!

Many thanks for your kind letter of February 20th and the informative book which you sent me in the same mail. It is good, that you enlighten people about Harry Potter, because those are subtle seductions, which act unnoticed and by this deeply distort Christianity in the soul, before it can grow properly.

I would like to suggest that you write to Mr. Peter Fl
eedwood, (Pontifical Council of Culture, Piazza S. Calisto 16, I00153 Rome) directly and to send him your book.

Sincere Greetings and Blessings,
+ Joseph Cardinal Ratzinger

11) New Orleans ACLU Activist Featured:

http://www.nola.com/news/t-p/metro/index.ssf?/base/news-10/1121662735285640.xml

12) Marx voted top thinker:

Charlotte Higgins
Thursday July 14, 2005
Guardian

In a shock result, Karl Marx has been voted the greatest ever philosopher following a poll by Melvyn Bragg’s Radio 4 show In Our Time. In the public’s poll, which assessed 20 philosophers, Marx, author of the Communist Manifesto and Das Kapital, got 27.93% of the 30,000 votes. In second place came David Hume with 12.67%, followed by Ludwig Wittgenstein with 6.8%. Plato trailed in fifth place and Socrates at eighth.
Andrew Chitty, who, at Sussex University, teaches the UK’s only MA in Marxist philosophy, said: “This shows that philosophy should take Marxism seriously. It is possible he won because Marxists organised a mass vote; they’re much more organised than Hegelians, for instance.

“But I think it’s more likely that people understand that in this increasingly capitalist world Marx gives us the best vision with which to understand that world. Marx talks about capital in a philosophical way – he’s unique in that.”

13) Here’s a petition concerning Bush’s named appointee to the Supreme Court. This petition drive would probably have happened no matter whom Bush named, but it’s still useful to participate. I especially urge non-American readers to participate. If the US government doesn’t like your government, it is not shy about interfering. Why should you be?:

In the past weeks, Republicans and Democrats have called on President Bush to nominate a moderate for the Supreme Court–someone who would honor the legacy of independent Justice Sandra Day O’Connor. But last night, President Bush nominated Judge John Roberts, a far-right lawyer and corporate lobbyist, to fill her post on the Supreme Court.

We’ve got to stop Roberts. He opposed clean air rules and worked to help coal companies strip-mine mountaintops. He worked with Ken Starr (yes, that Ken Starr), and tried to keep Congress from defending the Voting Rights Act. He wrote that Roe v. Wade should be “overruled,” and as a lawyer argued (and won) the case that stopped some doctors from even discussing abortion.

Join our urgent petition to let our senators know we expect them to oppose John Roberts right now at:

http://political.moveon.org/roberts/?id=5817-774276 -8Nf.cDDI4JzQE6SfjIXMQg&t;=3

This is one of the most important domestic fights of President Bush’s career. We can win–Americans overwhelmingly want a moderate judge. But to win, we need to get the word out early that Roberts is out of the mainstream.

After you’ve signed, please send this message on to your friends and colleagues. We need to fight back against the misinformation that the Bush Administration is putting out.

John Roberts has little experience as a judge–he was only appointed in 2003. But he’s got a lot of experience as a corporate lobbyist and lawyer, consistently favoring wealthy corporations over regular Americans.
Here’s a list of some of the things that make Roberts the wrong pick for the Supreme Court:

* Wrong on environmental protection: Roberts appears to want to limit the scope of the Endangered Species Act, and in papers he wrote while in law school he supported far-right legal theories about “takings” which would make it almost impossible for the government to enforce most environmental legislation.

* Wrong on civil rights: Roberts worked to keep Congress from defending parts of the Voting Rights Act.

* Wrong on human rights: As a appeals court judge, Roberts ruled that the Geneva Convention doesn’t apply to some prisoners of war.

* Wrong on our right to religious freedom: Roberts argued that schools should be able to impose religious speech on attendees.

* Wrong on women’s rights: Roberts wrote that “Roe v. Wade was wrongly decided and should be overruled.” He also weighed in on behalf of Operation Rescue, a violent anti-abortion group, in a federal case.
President Bush could have chosen many fair-minded and independent jurists to replace Sandra Day O’Connor. Instead, he chose a corporate partisan loved by Bush’s right-wing base but out of step with the rest of the country.

Tell your senators they need to stop John Roberts now, at:

http://political.moveon.org/roberts/?id=5817-774276 -8Nf.cDDI4JzQE6SfjIXMQg&t;=4
We’ll be in touch soon about next steps. For now, please help us gather as many voices as possible to keep the Supreme Court fair. And thanks for everything you’re doing.

14) Another petition about the US Supreme Court:

President Bush has made his choice for the Supreme Court: John G. Roberts, Jr., a federal appeals court judge for the District of Columbia. Now the Senate, keeping faith with its constitutional duty, must carefully and thoroughly review that choice. My Democratic colleagues and I pledge to do just that — the importance of this moment demands no less.

The American people deserve a justice who understands and respects the views of all the people of this great nation. The Supreme Court belongs to all Americans, including the 49 percent who made a different choice for President. Now that a nominee has been chosen, the debate begins on whether Judge Roberts will be such a jurist. We all have a stake in this process — and a responsibility to evaluate this nomination on the basis of the facts and the issues of vital importance to ordinary Americans everywhere.

Hearings will begin soon, so we have to use this time to prepare. This new justice will move and shape the Court for years — and maybe for decades — to come, with tremendous consequences for all Americans. Our country needs a justice who will unite Americans, not divide us. Sign the petition — let the Senate know that we want a justice for all, not a rubber stamp.

http://www.democracyforamerica.com/norubberstamps

Supreme Court justices hold their jobs for life. Their rulings profoundly impact civil rights, employment laws, environmental safeguards and reproductive freedoms — and resonate for generations. Given these stakes, every American has a duty to participate in this all-important debate. Do your part, sign the petition and pass it along to your friends, family, and colleagues to do so as well.

http://www.democracyforamerica.com/norubberstamps

I will continue to speak with you as the debate unfolds in the coming weeks.

Our country needs a justice who respects the values of everyone. By working together, the Senate — and all Americans – can help ensure that any confirmed nominee meets that standard.

Thank you,
Patrick Leahy
Ranking Democratic Member,
Senate Judiciary Committee

15) Gitmo Interpreters Needed:
These are volunteer or minimally paid positions…..

The Center for Constitutional Rights is seeking foreign language interpreters to assist with litigation related to detainees at the Guantänamo Bay Naval Station. More information is below. Please contact attorney Shayana Kadidal at the Center for Constitutional Rights if you are interested or have questions, at (212) 614-6438 or kadidal@ccr-ny.org. For more information about CCR’s work, please see our website at www.ccr-ny.org.
Please forward this to individuals and groups that you think might be interested.

As you know, many of the detainees at Guantanamo have been held for over three years without contact with the outside world, any charges, or the opportunity to challenge their indefinite detention. After a successful Supreme Court appeal in 2004, CCR has been coordinating a group of pro bono attorneys to provide legal support to individual detainees. Lawyers have begun to challenge the U.S. government to provide legal justification for the detention of individual detainees and the transfer of detainees from Guantänamo to other countries. At a more fundamental level, families of detainees are desperate for information about them, and the detainees themselves have been infinitely grateful for the contact with the world outside the base that comes when their lawyers visit. Those who volunteer to be interpreters would be providing a vital service in one of the great human rights causes of our time.

Many lawyers have received security clearances and are ready to meet with their clients, and are held back only by the small pool of interpreters currently available. As CCR’s efforts have increased and gained greater attention, detainees and their family members have also sent unsolicited requests for support. We are in need of foreign language translators and interpreters (1) to travel to Guantänamo Bay to interpret conversations between lawyers and their clients, and potentially to foreign countries to meet with the families of detainees; and (2) to translate letters, documents, and other related communication within the United States.
LANGUAGES NEEDEDThe detainees come from dozens of countries-from Afghanistan to Zambia-and so we are in need of interpreters for a great variety of languages. In rough order of importance, the languages we need coverage for are:

* Arabic (both Modern Standard Arabic and local dialects, including Saudi, Yemeni, Moroccan, and Sudanese variants)
* Urdu
* Pashto
* Farsi
* Central Asian languages (Uighur, Uzbek, etc.).

It may be possible to communicate with some detainees in their second languages, so it would be useful for us to have available Italian and Russian interpreters as well.

INTERPRETERS FOR LEGAL TEAMS IN GUANTANAMO AND FOR FAMILIES ABROAD
We are primarily seeking United States citizens willing to work as foreign language interpreters for legal teams during their meetings with Guantänamo detainees. Interpreters would work directly for the many large and small law firms that are handling these individual cases. Interpreters and translators will have to acquire security clearance. This is a time-consuming process, which involves filling out an extensive form (federal form SF-86) which asks for extensive identifying information (SSN, DOB, past addresses, draft registration number, etc.), and asks many intrusive questions (including questions about past and present illegal drug use). You must be a U.S. citizen to receive clearance to visit Guantänamo at the present time.

Interpreters will have to be willing to endure the physical and psychological challenges of working in Guantänamo. Working conditions for visitors at the base are unpleasant, and the detainees’ accounts have left an emotional impact on all who have heard them firsthand. Interpreters will be subject to the same rigorous protective order the lawyers on the case are subject to. For example, interpreters and lawyers are not allowed to make any notes on what they have heard outside of the base and a single special secure facility in Washington, DC. Any notes recorded in those locations are considered classified until cleared by the government. Although the lawyers will instruct you on all the rules, interpreters must be prepared to comply with these complex security procedures.

Visits to the base, even to see a single detainee, generally last for several days. At a minimum, interpreters would have to make a commitment to spend several days at the base, as most lawyers will spend two to three days interviewing each client. In addition, some legal teams have tried to meet with the detainees’ families in their home countries prior to meeting the detainee (in order to form a basis for understanding the detainee and to make it easier to establish trust with him), and may need an interpreter’s assistance for those visits as well. (Interpreters may also be needed for phone calls to family members as each case progresses.) Most firms will want to use the same interpreter for subsequent visits with the same detainee, in order to increase the level of familiarity and trust the detainee has with the legal team.

Individuals concerned about retaliation from the government should know that, to date, many Muslim and Arab interpreters are involved in the cases and none have faced negative consequences or harassment.

INTERPRETERS AND TRANSLATORS TO WORK ON UNCLASSIFIED MATERIALS
We also have a more limited need for interpreters and translators to work on unclassified materials. These individuals would not need to acquire clearance or be U.S. citizens. They would primarily help to translate documents received from detainees and their families by CCR and private firms taking on cases of Guantänamo detainees pro bono.

COMPENSATION
The law firms will in all cases pick up out-of-pocket expenses, such as travel to the base, meals and lodging. Some of the larger firms are capable of paying a salary to their interpreters. Others, especially smaller firms, cannot because they are already picking up significant expenses and taking on cases without compensation. It is therefore essential that we find some persons willing to act as interpreters for little or no pay.

16) Louisiana Prayer:
Louisiana Prayer

Bless this house, oh Lord, we cry.Please keep it cool in mid-July.Bless the walls where termites dine,While ants and roaches march in time.Bless our yard where spiders passFire ant castles in the grass.Bless the garage, a home to pleaseCarpenter beetles, ticks and fleas.Bless the love bugs, two by two,The gnats and mosquitoes that feed on you.Millions of creatures that fly or crawl, in LOUISIANA, Lord, you’ve put themall!!But this is home, and here we’ll stay, So thank you Lord, for insect spray.

HOLD IT…….there’s more………….

YOU KNOW YOU ARE IN LOUISIANA IN JULY WHEN. . . .The birds have to use potholders to pull worms out of the ground.The trees are whistling for the dogs.The best parking place is determined by shade instead of distance.Hot water now comes out of both taps.You can make sun tea instantly.You learn that a seat belt buckle makes a pretty good branding iron.The temperature drops below 95 and you feel a little chilly.You discover that in July it only takes 2 fingers to steer your car.You discover that you can get sunburned through your car window.You actually burn your hand opening the car door.You break into a sweat the instant you step outside at 7:30 a.m.Your biggest bicycle wreck fear is, “What if I get knocked out and end up lying on the pavement and cook to death?”You realize that asphalt has a liquid state.The potatoes cook underground, so all you have to do is pull one out and add butter, salt and pepper.Farmers are feeding their chickens crushed ice to keep them from laying boiled eggs.The cows are giving evaporated milk.Ah, what a place to call home.God Bless Our State of LOUISIANA!!
—

Posted in Uncategorized | 2 Comments

Johnson, Kos, Terrorism, Niger, Ledeen, Labour MPs, Chatham House, Greenstock


1) Just another article explaining what Bush & Co hath wrought in Iraq, this time in cultural patrimony terms:

http://hnn.us/articles/13002.html

Why History Will Judge Us Harshly for Our Violation’sof Iraq’s Patrimony
By Chalmers Johnson

Mr. Johnson, the author of Blowback and The Sorrows ofEmpire, is now working on the third volume of histrilogy, Nemesis: The Crisis of the American Republic(due out in 2006).

In the months before he ordered the invasion of Iraq,George Bush and his senior officials spoke ofpreserving Iraq’s “patrimony” for the Iraqi people. Ata time when talking about Iraqi oil was taboo, what hemeant by patrimony was exactly that — Iraqi oil. Intheir “joint statement on Iraq’s future” of April 8,2003, George Bush and Tony Blair declared, “Wereaffirm our commitment to protect Iraq’s naturalresources, as the patrimony of the people of Iraq,which should be used only for their benefit.”[1] Inthis they were true to their word. Among the fewplaces American soldiers actually did guard during andin the wake of their invasion were oil fields and theOil Ministry in Baghdad. But the real Iraqi patrimony,that invaluable human inheritance of thousands ofyears, was another matter. At a time when Americanpundits were warning of a future “clash ofcivilizations,” our occupation forces were lettingperhaps the greatest of all human patrimonies belooted and smashed.
There have been many dispiriting sights on TV sinceGeorge Bush launched his ill-starred war on Iraq –the pictures from Abu Ghraib, Fallujah laid waste,American soldiers kicking down the doors of privatehomes and pointing assault rifles at women andchildren. But few have reverberated historically likethe looting of Baghdad’s museum — or been forgottenmore quickly in this country.

Teaching the Iraqis about the Untidiness of History
In archaeological circles, Iraq is known as “thecradle of civilization,” with a record of culturegoing back more than 7,000 years. William R. Polk, thefounder of the Center for Middle Eastern Studies atthe University of Chicago, says, “It was there, inwhat the Greeks called Mesopotamia, that life as weknow it today began: there people first began tospeculate on philosophy and religion, developedconcepts of international trade, made ideas of beautyinto tangible forms, and, above all developed theskill of writing.”[2] No other places in the Bibleexcept for Israel have more history and prophecyassociated with them than Babylonia, Shinar (Sumer),and Mesopotamia — different names for the territorythat the British around the time of World War I beganto call “Iraq,” using the old Arab term for the landsof the former Turkish enclave of Mesopotamia (inGreek: “between the [Tigris and Eurphrates]rivers”).[3] Most of the early books of Genesis areset in Iraq (see, for instance, Genesis 10:10, 11:31;also Daniel 1-4; II Kings 24).

The best-known of the civilizations that make upIraq’s cultural heritage are the Sumerians, Akkadians,Babylonians, Assyrians, Chaldeans, Persians, Greeks,Romans, Parthians, Sassanids, and Muslims. On April10, 2003, in a television address, President Bushacknowledged that the Iraqi people are “the heirs of agreat civilization that contributes to allhumanity.”[4.] Only two days later, under thecomplacent eyes of the U.S. Army, the Iraqis wouldbegin to lose that heritage in a swirl of looting andburning.

In September 2004, in one of the few self-criticalreports to come out of Donald Rumsfeld’s Department ofDefense, the Defense Science Board Task Force onStrategic Communication wrote: “The larger goals ofU.S. strategy depend on separating the vast majorityof non-violent Muslims from the radical-militantIslamist-Jihadists. But American efforts have not onlyfailed in this respect: they may also have achievedthe opposite of what they intended.”[5] Nowhere wasthis failure more apparent than in the indifference –even the glee — shown by Rumsfeld and his generalstoward the looting on April 11 and 12, 2003, of theNational Museum in Baghdad and the burning on April14, 2003, of the National Library and Archives as wellas the Library of Korans at the Ministry of ReligiousEndowments. These events were, according to PaulZimansky, a Boston University archaeologist, “thegreatest cultural disaster of the last 500 years.”Eleanor Robson of All Souls College, Oxford, said,”You’d have to go back centuries, to the Mongolinvasion of Baghdad in 1258, to find looting on thisscale.”[6] Yet Secretary Rumsfeld compared the lootingto the aftermath of a soccer game and shrugged it offwith the comment that “Freedom’s untidy. . . . Freepeople are free to make mistakes and commitcrimes.”[7]

The Baghdad archaeological museum has long beenregarded as perhaps the richest of all suchinstitutions in the Middle East. It is difficult tosay with precision what was lost there in thosecatastrophic April days in 2003 because up-to-dateinventories of its holdings, many never even describedin archaeological journals, were also destroyed by thelooters or were incomplete thanks to conditions inBaghdad after the Gulf War of 1991. One of the bestrecords, however partial, of its holdings is thecatalog of items the museum lent in 1988 to anexhibition held in Japan’s ancient capital of Naraentitled Silk Road Civilizations. But, as one museumofficial said to John Burns of the New York Timesafter the looting, “All gone, all gone. All gone intwo days.”[8]
A single, beautifully illustrated, indispensable bookedited by Milbry Park and Angela M.H. Schuster, TheLooting of the Iraq Museum, Baghdad: The Lost Legacyof Ancient Mesopotamia (New York: Harry N. Abrams,2005), represents the heartbreaking attempt of over adozen archaeological specialists on ancient Iraq tospecify what was in the museum before the catastrophe,where those objects had been excavated, and thecondition of those few thousand items that have beenrecovered. The editors and authors have dedicated aportion of the royalties from this book to the IraqiState Board of Antiquities and Heritage.

At a conference on art crimes held in London a yearafter the disaster, the British Museum’s John Curtisreported that at least half of the forty mostimportant stolen objects had not been retrieved andthat of some 15,000 items looted from the museum’sshowcases and storerooms about 8,000 had yet to betraced. Its entire collection of 5,800 cylinder sealsand clay tablets, many containing cuneiform writingand other inscriptions some of which go back to theearliest discoveries of writing itself, was stolen.[9]Since then, as a result of an amnesty for looters,about 4,000 of the artifacts have been recovered inIraq, and over a thousand have been confiscated in theUnited States.[10] Curtis noted that random checks ofWestern soldiers leaving Iraq had led to the discoveryof several in illegal possession of ancient objects.Customs agents in the U.S. then found more. Officialsin Jordan have impounded about 2,000 pieces smuggledin from Iraq; in France, 500 pieces; in Italy, 300; inSyria, 300; and in Switzerland, 250. Lesser numbershave been seized in Kuwait, Saudi Arabia, Iran, andTurkey. None of these objects has as yet been sentback to Baghdad.

The 616 pieces that form the famous collection of”Nimrud gold,” excavated by the Iraqis in the late1980s from the tombs of the Assyrian queens at Nimrud,a few miles southeast of Mosul, were saved, but onlybecause the museum had secretly moved them to thesubterranean vaults of the Central Bank of Iraq at thetime of the first Gulf War. By the time the Americansgot around to protecting the bank in 2003, itsbuilding was a burnt-out shell filled with twistedmetal beams from the collapse of the roof and all ninefloors under it. Nonetheless, the undergroundcompartments and their contents survived undamaged. OnJuly 3, 2003, a small portion of the Nimrud holdingswas put on display for a few hours, allowing a handfulof Iraqi officials to see them for the first timesince 1
990.[11]

The torching of books and manuscripts in the Libraryof Korans and the National Library was in itself ahistorical disaster of the first order. Most of theOttoman imperial documents and the old royal archivesconcerning the creation of Iraq were reduced to ashes.According to Humberto Márquez, the Venezuelan writerand author of Historia Universal de La Destrucción deLos Libros (2004), about a million books and tenmillion documents were destroyed by the fires of April14, 2003.[12] Robert Fisk, the veteran Middle Eastcorrespondent of the Independent of London, was inBaghdad the day of the fires. He rushed to the officesof the U.S. Marines’ Civil Affairs Bureau and gave theofficer on duty precise map locations for the twoarchives and their names in Arabic and English, andpointed out that the smoke could be seen from threemiles away. The officer shouted to a colleague, “Thisguy says some biblical library is on fire,” but theAmericans did nothing to try to put out theflames.[13]

The Burger King of Ur
Given the black market value of ancient art objects,U.S. military leaders had been warned that the lootingof all thirteen national museums throughout thecountry would be a particularly grave danger in thedays after they captured Baghdad and took control ofIraq. In the chaos that followed the Gulf War of 1991,vandals had stolen about 4,000 objects from ninedifferent regional museums. In monetary terms, theillegal trade in antiquities is the third mostlucrative form of international trade globally,exceeded only by drug smuggling and arms sales.[14]Given the richness of Iraq’s past, there are also over10,000 significant archaeological sites scatteredacross the country, only some 1,500 of which have beenstudied. Following the Gulf War, a number of them wereillegally excavated and their artifacts sold tounscrupulous international collectors in Westerncountries and Japan. All this was known to Americancommanders.

In January 2003, on the eve of the invasion of Iraq,an American delegation of scholars, museum directors,art collectors, and antiquities dealers met withofficials at the Pentagon to discuss the forthcominginvasion. They specifically warned that Baghdad’sNational Museum was the single most important site inthe country. McGuire Gibson of the University ofChicago’s Oriental Institute said, “I thought I wasgiven assurances that sites and museums would beprotected.”[15] Gibson went back to the Pentagon twiceto discuss the dangers, and he and his colleagues sentseveral e-mail reminders to military officers in theweeks before the war began. However, a more ominousindicator of things to come was reported in the April14, 2003, London Guardian: Rich American collectorswith connections to the White House were busy”persuading the Pentagon to relax legislation thatprotects Iraq’s heritage by prevention of salesabroad.” On January 24, 2003, some sixty NewYork-based collectors and dealers organized themselvesinto a new group called the American Council forCultural Policy and met with Bush administration andPentagon officials to argue that a post-Saddam Iraqshould have relaxed antiquities laws.[16] Opening upprivate trade in Iraqi artifacts, they suggested,would offer such items better security than they couldreceive in Iraq.

The main international legal safeguard forhistorically and humanistically important institutionsand sites is the Hague Convention for the Protectionof Cultural Property in the Event of Armed Conflict,signed on May 14, 1954. The U.S. is not a party tothat convention, primarily because, during the ColdWar, it feared that the treaty might restrict itsfreedom to engage in nuclear war; but during the 1991Gulf War the elder Bush’s administration accepted theconvention’s rules and abided by a “no-fire targetlist” of places where valuable cultural items wereknown to exist.[17] UNESCO and other guardians ofcultural artifacts expected the younger Bush’sadministration to follow the same procedures in the2003 war.

Moreover, on March 26, 2003, the Pentagon’s Office ofReconstruction and Humanitarian Assistance (ORHA),headed by Lt. Gen. (ret.) Jay Garner — the civilauthority the U.S. had set up for the momenthostilities ceased — sent to all senior U.S.commanders a list of sixteen institutions that “meritsecuring as soon as possible to prevent furtherdamage, destruction, and/or pilferage of records andassets.” The five-page memo dispatched two weeksbefore the fall of Baghdad also said, “Coalitionforces must secure these facilities in order toprevent looting and the resulting irreparable loss ofcultural treasures” and that “looters should bearrested/detained.” First on Gen. Garner’s list ofplaces to protect was the Iraqi Central Bank, which isnow a ruin; second was the Museum of Antiquities.Sixteenth was the Oil Ministry, the only place thatU.S. forces occupying Baghdad actually defended.Martin Sullivan, chair of the President’s AdvisoryCommittee on Cultural Property for the previous eightyears, and Gary Vikan, director of the Walters ArtMuseum in Baltimore and a member of the committee,both resigned to protest the failure of CENTCOM toobey orders. Sullivan said it was “inexcusable” thatthe museum should not have had the same priority asthe Oil Ministry.[18]

As we now know, the American forces made no effort toprevent the looting of the great cultural institutionsof Iraq, its soldiers simply watched vandals enter andtorch the buildings. Said Arjomand, an editor of thejournal Studies on Persianate Societies and aprofessor of sociology at the State University of NewYork at Stony Brook, wrote, “Our troops, who have beenproudly guarding the Oil Ministry, where no window isbroken, deliberately condoned these horrendousevents.”[19] American commanders claim that, to thecontrary, they were too busy fighting and had too fewtroops to protect the museum and libraries. However,this seems to be an unlikely explanation. During thebattle for Baghdad, the U.S. military was perfectlywilling to dispatch some 2,000 troops to securenorthern Iraq’s oilfields, and their record onantiquities did not improve when the fightingsubsided. At the 6,000-year-old Sumerian city of Urwith its massive ziggurat, or stepped temple-tower(built in the period 2112 – 2095 B.C. and restored byNebuchadnezzar II in the sixth century B.C.), theMarines spray-painted their motto, “Semper Fi” (semperfidelis, always faithful) onto its walls.[20] Themilitary then made the monument “off limits” toeveryone in order to disguise the desecration that hadoccurred there, including the looting by U.S. soldiersof clay bricks used in the construction of the ancientbuildings.

Until April 2003, the area around Ur, in the environsof Nasiriyah, was remote and sacrosanct. However, theU.S. military chose the land immediately adjacent tothe ziggurat to build its huge Tallil Air Base withtwo runways measuring 12,000 and 9,700 feetrespectively and four satellite camps. In the process,military engineers moved more than 9,500 truckloads ofdirt in order to build 350,000 square feet of hangarsand other facilities for aircraft and Predatorunmanned drones. They completely ruined the area, theliteral heartland of human civilization, for anyfurther archaeological research or future tourism. OnOctober 24, 2003, according to the Global SecurityOrganization, the Army and Air Force built its ownmodern ziggurat. It “opened its second Burger King atTallil. The new facility, co-located with [a] . . .Pizza Hut, provides another Burger King restaurant sothat more service men and women serving in Iraq can,if only for a moment, forget about the task at hand inthe desert and get a whiff of that familiar scent thattakes them back home.”[21]
The great British archaeologist, Sir Max Mallowan(husband of Agatha Christie), who pioneered theexcavations at Ur, Nineveh, and Nimrud, quotes someclassical advice that the Americans might have beenwise to heed: “There was danger in disturbing ancientmonuments. . . . It was both wise and historicallyimportant to reverence the legacies of ancient times.Ur was a city infested with ghosts of the past and itwas
prudent to appease them.”[22]

The American record elsewhere in Iraq is no better. AtBabylon, American and Polish forces built a militarydepot, despite objections from archaeologists. JohnCurtis, the British Museum’s authority on Iraq’s manyarchaeological sites, reported on a visit in December2004 that he saw “cracks and gaps where somebody hadtried to gouge out the decorated bricks forming thefamous dragons of the Ishtar Gate” and a”2,600-year-old brick pavement crushed by militaryvehicles.”[23] Other observers say that the duststirred up by U.S. helicopters has sandblasted thefragile brick façade of the palace of NebuchadnezzarII, king of Babylon from 605 to 562 B.C.[24] Thearchaeologist Zainab Bahrani reports, “Between May andAugust 2004, the wall of the Temple of Nabu and theroof of the Temple of Ninmah, both of the sixthcentury B.C., collapsed as a result of the movement ofhelicopters. Nearby, heavy machines and vehicles standparked on the remains of a Greek theater from the eraof Alexander of Macedon [Alexander the Great].”[25]

And none of this even begins to deal with the massive,ongoing looting of historical sites across Iraq byfreelance grave and antiquities robbers, preparing tostock the living rooms of western collectors. Theunceasing chaos and lack of security brought to Iraqin the wake of our invasion have meant that a futurepeaceful Iraq may hardly have a patrimony to display.It is no small accomplishment of the Bushadministration to have plunged the cradle of the humanpast into the same sort of chaos and lack of securityas the Iraqi present. If amnesia is bliss, then thefate of Iraq’s antiquities represents a kind of modernparadise.

President Bush’s supporters have talked endlesslyabout his global war on terrorism as a “clash ofcivilizations.” But the civilization we are in theprocess of destroying in Iraq is part of our ownheritage. It is also part of the world’s patrimony.Before our invasion of Afghanistan, we condemned theTaliban for their dynamiting of the monumental thirdcentury A.D. Buddhist statues at Bamiyan in March,2001. Those were two gigantic statues of remarkablehistorical value and the barbarism involved in theirdestruction blazed in headlines and horrifiedcommentaries in our country. Today, our own governmentis guilty of far greater crimes when it comes to thedestruction of a whole universe of antiquity, and fewhere, when they consider Iraqi attitudes toward theAmerican occupation, even take that intoconsideration. But what we do not care to remember,others may recall all too well.

NOTES
[1.] American Embassy, London, ” Visit of PresidentBush to Northern Ireland, April 7-8, 2003.”
[2.] William R. Polk, “Introduction,” Milbry Polk andAngela M. H. Schuster, eds., The Looting of the IraqMuseum: The Lost Legacy of Ancient Mesopotamia (NewYork: Harry N. Abrams, 2005), p. 5. Also see SuzanneMuchnic, “Spotlight on Iraq’s Plundered Past,” LosAngeles Times, June 20, 2005.
[3.] David Fromkin, A Peace to End All Peace: The Fallof the Ottoman Empire and the Creation of the ModernMiddle East (New York: Owl Books, 1989, 2001), p. 450.
[4.] George Bush’s address to the Iraqi people,broadcast on “Towards Freedom TV,” April 10, 2003.
[5.] Office of the Under Secretary of Defense forAcquisition, Technology, and Logistics, Report of theDefense Science Board Task Force on StrategicCommunication (Washington, D.C.: September 2004), pp.39-40.
[6.] See Frank Rich, “And Now: ‘Operation IraqiLooting,'” New York Times, April 27, 2003.
[7.] Robert Scheer, “It’s U.S. Policy that’s’Untidy,'” Los Angeles Times, April 15, 2003;reprinted in Books in Flames, Tomdispatch, April 15,2003.
[8.] John F. Burns, “Pillagers Strip Iraqi Museum ofIts Treasures,” New York Times, April 13, 2003; PiotrMichalowski (University of Michigan), The Ransackingof the Baghdad Museum is a Disgrace, History NewsNetwork, April 14, 2003.
[9.] Polk and Schuster, op. cit, pp. 209-210.
[10.] Mark Wilkinson, Looting of Ancient SitesThreatens Iraqi Heritage, Reuters, June 29, 2005.
[11.] Polk and Schuster, op. cit., pp. 23, 212-13;Louise Jury, “At Least 8,000 Treasures Looted fromIraq Museum Still Untraced,” Independent, May 24,2005; Stephen Fidler, “‘The Looters Knew What TheyWanted. It Looks Like Vandalism, but Organized CrimeMay be Behind It,'” Financial Times, May 23, 2003; RodLiddle, The Day of the Jackals, Spectator, April 19,2003.
[12.] Humberto Márquez, Iraq Invasion the ‘BiggestCultural Disaster Since 1258,’ Antiwar.com, February16, 2005.
[13.] Robert Fisk, “Library Books, Letters, andPriceless Documents are Set Ablaze in Final Chapter ofthe Sacking of Baghdad,” Independent, April 15, 2003.
[14.] Polk and Schuster, op. cit., p. 10.
[15.] Guy Gugliotta, “Pentagon Was Told of Risk toMuseums; U.S. Urged to Save Iraq’s HistoricArtifacts,” Washington Post, April 14, 2003; McGuireGibson, “Cultural Tragedy In Iraq: A Report On theLooting of Museums, Archives, and Sites,”International Foundation for Art Research.
[16.] Rod Liddle, op. cit..; Oliver Burkeman, AncientArchive Lost in Baghdad Blaze, Guardian, April 15,2003.
[17.] See James A. R. Nafziger, Art Loss in Iraq:Protection of Cultural Heritage in Time of War and ItsAftermath, International Foundation for Art Research.
[18.] Paul Martin, Ed Vulliamy, and Gaby Hinsliff,U.S. Army was Told to Protect Looted Museum, Observer,April 20, 2003; Frank Rich, op. cit.; Paul Martin,”Troops Were Told to Guard Treasures,” WashingtonTimes, April 20, 2003.
[19.] Said Arjomand, Under the Eyes of U.S. Forces andThis Happened?, History News Network, April 14, 2003.
[20.] Ed Vulliamy, Troops ‘Vandalize’ Ancient City ofUr, Observer, May 18, 2003; Paul Johnson, Art: A NewHistory (New York: HarperCollins, 2003), pp. 18, 35;Polk and Schuster, op. cit., p. 99, fig. 25.
[21.] Tallil Air Base, GlobalSecurity.org.
[22.] Max Mallowan, Mallowan’s Memoirs (London:Collins, 1977), p. 61.
[23.] Rory McCarthy and Maev Kennedy, Babylon Wreckedby War, Guardian, January 15, 2005.
[24.] Owen Bowcott, Archaeologists Fight to Save IraqiSites, Guardian, June 20, 2005.
[25.] Zainab Bahrani, “The Fall of Babylon,” in Polkand Schuster, op. cit., p. 214.

This essay is extracted from Chalmers Johnson’sNemesis: The Crisis of the American Republic,forthcoming from Metropolitan Books in late 2006, thefinal volume in the Blowback Trilogy. The first twovolumes are Blowback: The Costs and Consequences ofAmerican Empire (2000) and The Sorrows of Empire:Militarism, Secrecy, and the End of the Republic(2004).

——————————————————This article first appeared on www.tomdispatch.com, aweblog of the Nation Institute, which offers a steadyflow of alternate sources, news and opinion from TomEngelhardt, a long time editor in publishing, theauthor of The End of Victory Culture, and a fellow ofthe Nation Institute.
Copyright 2005 Chalmers Johnson

2) Kos on Rovegate’s meaning:

http://www.dailykos.com/

Right and wrong
by kos
Mon Jul 18th, 2005 at 00:05:12 PDT

In the days after the discovery of Deep Throat’s identity, many people noted how Watergate would be impossible in today’s political climate — where partisanship trumps the truth inside a GOP machine so deeply entrenched in this country’s governance structure that it controls the White House, House, Senate, Supreme Court, most appelate courts, and the media. And where the GOP can do no wrong, regardless of the ethical or criminal transgression.

It is quite instructive and shocking, even with this administration, that the outing of a CIA agent, her front company, and god knows how many other agents and operations, is met with a collective shrug from wingnut circles. While a blow job gave them the vapors, a genuine breach of national security gives them no pause, gives them no reason to abandon “the architect”. Political power trumps everything –
– even the safety of our nation.

Given what we know of the case, we know that Rove violated his non-disclose agreement. We know that Rove acted unethically, without regard to the consequences of his actions. Whether a crime has been committed remains to be seen, but shouldn’t matter a whit.

The technical letter of the law isn’t a shield from accountability, an antidote to endangering national security, an amnesiac from the lies McClellan — and by extension Bush and Co — spewed to the American people two years ago.

Right-thinking people — even Republicans — should look at these unfolding events with horror. I would certainly feel betrayed and angry if a Democratic administration thusly endangered national security and undermined our non-proliferation efforts. I wouldn’t make apologies for it. I wouldn’t rationalize it, attempt to distract with irrelevant, tangential points. I would demand accountability.

But to modern-day Republicans and their apologists, they can do no wrong. No Republican’s action is worthy of scorn or censure. They are perfect. Flawless. Immune to error. Godlike.

How someone could be reduced to that level is beyond me. Republicans have now sent notice that they place allegiance to party and power above their allegiance to the United States of America. To them, the elephant flies above the Stars and Stripes.

The Democratic majorities were undone in large part to the endemic corruption that afflicted the long-entrenched Democratic majorities in the House and Senate. It’s the curse of any party that rules for too long, the insidious creep of hubris, corruption, and sense of entitlement which we, as a species, can’t seem to avoid.
The GOP is now facing those very same pressures, and exposing that corruption and hubris in spectacular fashion to the American public. A party that believes it holds a “permanent majority” is under no pressure to behave ethically and work for the common good above all else. Their missteps have been big. Their crimes increasingly brazen.

And their own partisans, their foot soldiers, refuse to hold their party accountable. Rather, they join in the rationalizations and embolden their leaders to stay the course. No crime against the nation is bad enough for these guys. No ethical violations too distasteful. They applaud and cheer from the sidelines, as though their nation and their party is somehow well served by such shenanigans. Neither are.

I don’t care about the Republican Party. They can continue to rot from within. But I do care about this country and so do a lot of folks who suddenly don’t like what they’re seeing. The GOP can continue to pretend that rot smells like roses, even as the stench nauseates the rest of us.

That disconnect can only help quicken their eventual exit. The big question, however, is how much damage they will inflict on the nation’s national security before they’re gone.

3) I think another interesting question to add to thebelow article would be the following — why did medieval assassins (the “terrorists” of their day) andlate 19th century anarchists (ditto) concentrate onknocking off kings and then presidents, while today’sradicals knock off random concentrations of citizens. Many would say simply that it’s because they’re “softtargets.” I think something else is afoot inaddition, however.

Today’s societies have become so bureaucratized anddepersonalized that knocking off a leader only leadsto another leader stepping up to the plate. Knockingoff random concentrations of civilians, however,obliges people to change their travel plans, resultsin huge security expenses, and instills fear acrosssociety. Ultimately this is far more effective intoday’s world than simple assassination.

It’s also a function of democracy, in a theoreticalsense. In medieval monarchies, the ruler was solelyresponsible for state policy. In 19th centurydemocracies lacking full suffrage, the elites wereresponsible for state policy — primarily through theperson of their semi-elected leader. In today’sdemocracies, the couch potato watching MTV and growingobese on fast food is ultimately responsible for statepolicy — and really just doesn’t give a rat’s ass. Thus, the target…:

http://hnn.us/articles/13229.html

Why Nobodies Are the Real Terrorist Threat
By James Ottavio Castagnera

Mr. Castagnera, a Philadelphia journalist andattorney, is the Associate Provost at Rider Universityand author of the weekly newspaper column “Attorney atLarge.”

As I write this, the British news media are reportingthat at least three of the four suicide bombers, whokilled more than 50 Londoners and wounded scores more,were born in Britain and lived in the EnglishMidlands. They are described as “British nationals ofPakistani origin” by Fox News. One was only 19,another was aged 30 with an 8-month-old baby at home.The third, aged 22, loved cricket, according to anuncle, who added that his nephew had gone to Pakistanearlier this year to study religion. A London-basedintelligence analyst was quoted by Fox as concluding,“One of these men reportedly was 19, which is way tooyoung to be training in a [terrorist] camp inAfghanistan.”

These facts inject new urgency into the debate aboutwhether we are fighting an organization or an idea.Last year, Jessica Stern observed in an Op-Edpublished by USA Today that “we are continuing to swatat yesterday’s threats with yesterday’s tools and, inthe process, aiding the terrorists’ cause. If theUnited States continues to prosecute a war onterrorism without thinking about what motivates newrecruits, we, as a country, will lose.”

Many Americans find the concept of suicide bombing notonly repulsive, but baffling. That’s because few of uscan conceive of any idea or ideal so dear to us thatwe would wake up one morning, strap on explosives andwalk out of the house to our self-inflicted deaths, asthe four London bombers did. Our revulsion andconfusion are functions of our time and place in humanhistory. Anonymous nobodies, leading lives of quietdesperation until moved by the power of a radical ideato act, fill the pages of modern Western history.
In The Proud Tower, the late Barbara Tuchman’s 1966history of the West just prior to World War I, thebest-selling historian wrote of Anarchism (with acapital “A”) during the late 19 th and early 20 thcenturies. “So enchanting was the vision of astateless society… that six heads of state wereassassinated for its sake in the twenty years before1914.” Her list included President McKinley, shot by alone assassin. Following the murder of the Spanishpremiere in 1897, a British magazine opined, “The maddog is the closest parallel in nature to theAnarchist,” while another writer wondered how youcould protect civilized society from “a combination ofcrazy people and criminals.”

Whether you believe that Lee Harvey Oswald also was alone assassin or the patsy of a broader conspiracy,read Norman Mailer’s book Oswald’s Tale. In it you’llmeet a lonely young man who yearned to make his mark,and who was drawn first to Soviet-style communism andthen to Castro’s Cuba, as sources for his half-bakedideas. That he first took a pot-shot at a right-winggeneral, before being caught up in the Kennedyassassination, suggests that his choice of victims wasas much a matter of opportunity as it was theselection of specific targets.

Just as 19 th Century lone killers were motivated bythe writings of Anarchist intellectuals whom they’dnever met, Oklahoma City bomber Tim McVeigh is said tohave been heavily influenced by Leaderless Resistance,a 1962 book by one Ulius Louis Amoss. A former U.S.intelligence officer and Cold Warrior, Amoss foundedthe Baltimore-based International Service ofInformation, Inc. When McVeigh and Terry Nichols,apparently aided and abetted by one or two otherhome-grown radicals, did their dirty deed in 1995,Amoss was
already nearly two decades in his grave. Hisideas had been kept alive primarily by an apostlenamed Louis Beam. McVeigh and Nichols never knew Beameither.

The Amoss/Beam idea is chillingly simple. In the wordsof one scholar, Simson Garfinkel, “LeaderlessResistance is a strategy in which small groups (cells)and individuals fight an entrenched power throughindependent acts of violence and mayhem.”

This sounds a lot like what happened in London twoweeks ago. In the words of one Fox News commentator,recalling the Madrid train bombing of a year ago,“both point to an al-Quaida evolving into a movementwhose isolated leaders offer video or Internetinspiration — but little more — to local‘jihadists’ who carry out the strikes.”

If this is how it is… then all of America’sexpenditures of lives and treasure and Afghanistan andIraq are so many wasted soldiers and dollars. In somesense we actually are repeating the mistakes ofVietnam, even though our modern Armed Forces weredesigned never to repeat our errors in Southeast Asia.As we tried for a decade to fight a conventional waragainst what was essentially a guerilla force in Asia,now we once again are deploying our military mightagainst far-flung nations.

Meanwhile, the real terrorist threat turns out to beanonymous nobodies lurking right next door.

4) Here are the images of the forged Niger uraniumdocuments that were trumpeted as proof of the Iraqinuclear power program. Who forged them? Some PNACintern?

http://cryptome.org/niger-docs.htm

5) Oh, I guess it was Michael Ledeen, engineering thehostile takeover of Iraq.

http://www.yuricareport.com/Dominionism/MichaelLedeen.html

6) Note the timing:

http://news.independent.co.uk/uk/politics/article299456.ece

Labour MPs blame bombings on Iraq war By Colin Brown and Andrew Grice Published: 16 July 2005
The uneasy truce inside the Labour Party over theLondon bombings ended last night as an ex-cabinetminister and left-wing Labour MPs linked the attackswith the war in Iraq.

Left-wing Labour MPs said they would use a conferencein London today to pile the pressure on Tony Blair tohasten the withdrawal of British troops from Iraq. AndClare Short, the former cabinet minister, said in atelevision interview to be broadcast tomorrow that she”had no doubt” that the bombings were connected to theIraqi conflict.

Ms Short said the anti-terror legislation beingplanned by Mr Blair would act as a recruiting sergeantfor the terrorists. She said it was wrong that Muslimsshould grow up in Britain willing to contemplatekilling innocent civilians, but coupled hercondemnation of the bombing with criticism of Britishforeign policy.

“Some of the voices that have been coming from theGovernment that talk as though this is all evil, andthat everything we do is fine, when in fact we areimplicated in the slaughter of large numbers ofcivilians in Iraq and supporting a Middle East policythat for the Palestinians creates this sense of doublestandards – that feeds anger,” she said in a recordedinterview for GMTV.

John McDonnell, chairman of the 500-strong LabourRepresentation Committee, which is staging the one-dayconference, will lead calls for Britain to pull troopsout of Iraq. He will tell the Prime Minister: “Pleasedo not try to tell us that the war in Iraq played nopart. This assertion is simply intellectuallyunsustainable. Now is the time to prevent furtherviolence by renouncing violent solutions ourselves.

“For as long as Britain remains in occupation of Iraq,the terrorist recruiters will have the argument theyseek to attract more susceptible young recruits tobomb teams. Britain must withdraw now.”

Downing Street has published a list of al-Qa’idaattacks on the West from the first World Trade Centrebombing in 1993, to show that they started before theIraq war. But a member of the left-wing Campaign Groupsaid: “We are going to set the cat among the pigeons.No Labour MP has uttered a word about Iraq since thebombings, but they have to be seen in context.

The uneasy truce inside the Labour Party over theLondon bombings ended last night as an ex-cabinetminister and left-wing Labour MPs linked the attackswith the war in Iraq.

Left-wing Labour MPs said they would use a conferencein London today to pile the pressure on Tony Blair tohasten the withdrawal of British troops from Iraq. AndClare Short, the former cabinet minister, said in atelevision interview to be broadcast tomorrow that she”had no doubt” that the bombings were connected to theIraqi conflict.

Ms Short said the anti-terror legislation beingplanned by Mr Blair would act as a recruiting sergeantfor the terrorists. She said it was wrong that Muslimsshould grow up in Britain willing to contemplatekilling innocent civilians, but coupled hercondemnation of the bombing with criticism of Britishforeign policy.

“Some of the voices that have been coming from theGovernment that talk as though this is all evil, andthat everything we do is fine, when in fact we areimplicated in the slaughter of large numbers ofcivilians in Iraq and supporting a Middle East policythat for the Palestinians creates this sense of doublestandards – that feeds anger,” she said in a recordedinterview for GMTV.

John McDonnell, chairman of the 500-strong LabourRepresentation Committee, which is staging the one-dayconference, will lead calls for Britain to pull troopsout of Iraq. He will tell the Prime Minister: “Pleasedo not try to tell us that the war in Iraq played nopart. This assertion is simply intellectuallyunsustainable. Now is the time to prevent furtherviolence by renouncing violent solutions ourselves.

“For as long as Britain remains in occupation of Iraq,the terrorist recruiters will have the argument theyseek to attract more susceptible young recruits tobomb teams. Britain must withdraw now.”

Downing Street has published a list of al-Qa’idaattacks on the West from the first World Trade Centrebombing in 1993, to show that they started before theIraq war. But a member of the left-wing Campaign Groupsaid: “We are going to set the cat among the pigeons.No Labour MP has uttered a word about Iraq since thebombings, but they have to be seen in context.

7) Labour MPs II:

http://news.independent.co.uk/uk/politics/article299679.ece

Iraq factor returns to haunt Blair Labour backbenchers and others insist Britain’s policyin the Gulf is boosting al-Qa’ida

By Andy McSmith, Political Editor
Published: 17 July 2005

Bombing London was not an act of revenge for the Iraqwar but the latest manifestation of an “evil ideology”responsible for a 12-year terror campaign in 26countries, Tony Blair insisted yesterday.
His words reflected a worry among ministers thatpublic opinion will link the London terrorist attackswith the unpopular war in Iraq.

The Prime Minister’s critics within the Labour Partymaintained an informal truce for the first week afterthe bombings, avoiding reference to the Iraq war outof respect for the victims. That truce has been brokenthis weekend, with two Labour MPs claiming publiclythat the Iraq war and the terrorist attack are linked.
But Mr Blair said: “If it is Iraq that motivates [thebombers], why is the same ideology killing Iraqis byterror in defiance of an elected Iraqi government?What was 11 Sept- ember 2001 the reprisal for?”

Addressing Labour’s National Policy Forum in centralLondon yesterday, Mr Blair insisted that although theideology behind the bombings was “evil”, it was notsenseless. “It had a purpose. It was done according toa plan. It was meant,” he said
. “The extremistpropaganda is cleverly aimed at their target audience.It plays on our tolerance and good nature. It exploitsthe tendency to guilt of the developed world, as if itis our behaviour that should change; that if we onlytried to work out and act on their grievances, wecould lift this evil; that if we changed ourbehaviour, they would change theirs. This is amisunderstanding of a catastrophic order.”

Privately, senior members of the Government haveexpressed relief that the public has not reacted tothe bombing by demanding that the UK pull out of Iraq.But Clare Short, who resigned from the Cabinet afterthe Iraq war had begun, said that she had “no doubt”that the outrage was linked to the war.

In an interview for today’s GMTV programme, she added:”Some of the voices that have been coming from theGovernment talk as though this is all evil, and thateverything we do is fine, when in fact we are implicitin the slaughter of large numbers of civilians in Iraqand supporting a Middle East policy that for thePalestinians creates this sense of double standards -that feeds anger.”

Barely an hour before the Tony Blair spoke yesterday,John McDonnell, a left-wing critic of successiveLabour leaders, told left-wing activists: “I just sayto the Prime Minister and other ministerialcommentators, please do not try to tell us that thewar in Iraq played no part. As long as Britain remainsin occupation of Iraq the terrorist recruiters willhave the argument they seek to attract moresusceptible young recruits to their bomb teams.Britain must withdraw now.”

Mr McDonnell’s speech to the Labour RepresentationCommittee was the first public statement by a LabourMP linking the London bombing to Iraq – though similarcomments have been made by the Liberal Democratleader, Charles Kennedy, and ex-Labour MP GeorgeGalloway.

A briefing paper published tomorrow by a respectedthink tank will also warn that Britain has laid itselfopen to terrorist attack by acting as a “pillionpassenger” to US foreign policy. The report by ChathamHouse with the Economic and Social Research Councilwill warn that the UK is at “particular risk” ofterrorist attack because of the involvement of Britishtroops in the Afghan and Iraq wars.

Bombing London was not an act of revenge for the Iraqwar but the latest manifestation of an “evil ideology”responsible for a 12-year terror campaign in 26countries, Tony Blair insisted yesterday.
His words reflected a worry among ministers thatpublic opinion will link the London terrorist attackswith the unpopular war in Iraq.

The Prime Minister’s critics within the Labour Partymaintained an informal truce for the first week afterthe bombings, avoiding reference to the Iraq war outof respect for the victims. That truce has been brokenthis weekend, with two Labour MPs claiming publiclythat the Iraq war and the terrorist attack are linked.
But Mr Blair said: “If it is Iraq that motivates [thebombers], why is the same ideology killing Iraqis byterror in defiance of an elected Iraqi government?What was 11 Sept- ember 2001 the reprisal for?”

Addressing Labour’s National Policy Forum in centralLondon yesterday, Mr Blair insisted that although theideology behind the bombings was “evil”, it was notsenseless. “It had a purpose. It was done according toa plan. It was meant,” he said. “The extremistpropaganda is cleverly aimed at their target audience.It plays on our tolerance and good nature. It exploitsthe tendency to guilt of the developed world, as if itis our behaviour that should change; that if we onlytried to work out and act on their grievances, wecould lift this evil; that if we changed ourbehaviour, they would change theirs. This is amisunderstanding of a catastrophic order.”

Privately, senior members of the Government haveexpressed relief that the public has not reacted tothe bombing by demanding that the UK pull out of Iraq.But Clare Short, who resigned from the Cabinet afterthe Iraq war had begun, said that she had “no doubt”that the outrage was linked to the war.In an interview for today’s GMTV programme, she added:”Some of the voices that have been coming from theGovernment talk as though this is all evil, and thateverything we do is fine, when in fact we are implicitin the slaughter of large numbers of civilians in Iraqand supporting a Middle East policy that for thePalestinians creates this sense of double standards -that feeds anger.”

Barely an hour before the Tony Blair spoke yesterday,John McDonnell, a left-wing critic of successiveLabour leaders, told left-wing activists: “I just sayto the Prime Minister and other ministerialcommentators, please do not try to tell us that thewar in Iraq played no part. As long as Britain remainsin occupation of Iraq the terrorist recruiters willhave the argument they seek to attract moresusceptible young recruits to their bomb teams.Britain must withdraw now.”

Mr McDonnell’s speech to the Labour RepresentationCommittee was the first public statement by a LabourMP linking the London bombing to Iraq – though similarcomments have been made by the Liberal Democratleader, Charles Kennedy, and ex-Labour MP GeorgeGalloway.

A briefing paper published tomorrow by a respectedthink tank will also warn that Britain has laid itselfopen to terrorist attack by acting as a “pillionpassenger” to US foreign policy. The report by ChathamHouse with the Economic and Social Research Councilwill warn that the UK is at “particular risk” ofterrorist attack because of the involvement of Britishtroops in the Afghan and Iraq wars.

8) Chatham House Report:

http://www.guardian.co.uk/attackonlondon/story/0,16132,1530817,00.html

Tube bombs ‘linked to Iraq conflict’

· Thinktank says war boosts al-Qaida· Blair dismisses connection

Read the report in full (pdf)

David Hencke, Westminster correspondent
Monday July 18, 2005
The Guardian

Britain’s involvement in the wars in Iraq andAfghanistan contributed to the terrorist attacks inLondon, a respected independent thinktank on foreignaffairs, the Chatham House organisation, says today.According to the body, which includes leadingacademics and former civil servants among its members,the key problem in the UK for preventing terrorism isthat the country is “riding as a pillion passengerwith the United States in the war against terror”.

It says Britain’s ability to carry outcounter-terrorism measures has also been hamperedbecause the US is always in the driving seat indeciding policy.

The report says the security services, diverted byfighting the IRA over Northern Ireland and the rise ofanimal activists committing terrorist acts, failed togive priority in the early 1990s to monitoringIslamist terror activists setting up in Britain, so”the British authorities did not fully appreciate thethreat from al-Qaida”.

In the most politically sensitive finding, ChathamHouse, which used to be known as the Royal Instituteof International Affairs, concludes there is “nodoubt” the invasion of Iraq has “given a boost to theal-Qaida network” in “propaganda, recruitment andfundraising”, while providing an ideal targeting andtraining area for terrorists. “Riding pillion with apowerful ally has proved costly in terms of Britishand US military lives, Iraqi lives, militaryexpenditure and the damage caused to thecounter-terrorism campaign.”

This finding runs counter to the line from DowningStreet, which has sought to detach Iraq from theLondon attacks.

On Saturday, Tony Blair said the fanatics who struckin London and launched other attacks around the worldwere driven by an “evil ideology” rather thanopposition to any policy, and that it would be a”misunderstanding of a catastrophic order” to thinkthat if we changed our behaviour they would changetheirs.

Amid the growing debate over proposed terror laws inBritain, the Tories will today offer Cha
rles Clarke,the home secretary, the chance to speed up new laws,provided that the government delays until next yearproposals to revise the control orders system fordetaining suspect terrorists.

David Davis, the shadow home secretary, will ask thegovernment to bring forward full details of one of themost divisive parts of the legislation – the indirectincitement to terrorism offence – by a month toSeptember, so MPs and human rights groups such asLiberty can study them properly before the bill ispublished in October.

Mr Davis will make his offer during talks today withMr Clarke, which will also be attended by Mark Oaten,the Liberal Democrat home affairs spokesman. LordFalconer, the lord chancellor, indicated yes terdaythat the government might be prepared to speed upanti-terror measures if it could reach agreement withthe opposition parties. He told BBC Radio 4’sWestminster Hour: “We should not rush into thingsbecause these things need careful thought. But if theopposition parties and the police can reach aconsensus with us, then we can do it very quickly.”

Azzam Tamimi of the Muslim Association of Britain tolda rally in Russell Square, near the scene of the busbombing, that the Muslim community would not suffer insilence for the crimes of the suicide bombers. “Wewill continue to talk, we will continue to write andwe will continue to challenge the government. I say toMuslims, do not bow to pressure to keep acceptingthose pointing fingers at you.

“Say, ‘No, I’m not responsible for what happened onJuly 7. My heart bleeds, I condemn it, yes, but I didnot make those boys angry. I did not send those bombsto Iraq. I do not keep people locked in Guantánamo Bayand I do not have anything to do with Abu Ghraib,except to denounce it.’ Politicians, see what you havedone to this world?”

· Six people have been arrested in Leeds under theAnti-Terrorism Act, police said last night, but apolice
source in the capital said the arrests were notlinked to the July 7 attacks.

9) I’d like to know what this fellow has to say:

http://www.guardian.co.uk/Iraq/Story/0,2763,1530814,00.html

FO accused of censoring insider book on Iraq war
David Hencke, Westminster correspondent
Monday July 18, 2005
The Guardian

Jack Straw, the foreign secretary, is blockingpassages from a fly-on-the-wall account by Sir JeremyGreenstock, Britain’s former ambassador to the UN, onthe run-up to the war in Iraq.Downing Street disowned any involvement in thecensoring of the book yesterday after reports in theObserver and the Mail on Sunday that Tony Blair hadwanted to block publication.

No 10 put the responsibility on the Foreign Office andWhitehall procedures to vet civil servants’ memoirsfor the removal of parts of the book, The Cost of War.

Sir Jeremy, who was also Mr Blair’s special envoy toIraq for a year, has been known to be a critic of thepoliticians’ handling of the war.

The Observer said yesterday that some of the removedpassages were highly critical of the US.
In one, Sir Jeremy calls America’s decision to go towar “politically illegitimate” and says thatnegotiations in the United Nations “never rose abovethe level of awkward diversion for the USadministration”.

The book is understood to reveal embarrassingconversations between him, Mr Blair and the foreignsecretary during the UN negotiations.

The exchanges are said to show neither politician in aflattering light.

Sir Jeremy is also critical of the US secretary ofstate, Condoleezza Rice, and her role in the run-up tothe crisis.
The book is highly critical of the running of Iraq inthe aftermath of the war, of which he had first handexperience.

He is said to accuse the interim administration ofthrowing away opportunities. Plans were “dissipated inpoor
policy analysis and narrow- minded execution”.The book would be a devastating critique of governmentpolicy – being published at a time when terroristattacks in Iraq have reached a peak, despiteassurances from government ministers that the countryis still on course to becoming a democracy.
Yet the decision to demand changes is surprising giventhe number of critical books that have been publishedabout the Iraq war, including an extremely criticalaccount from Clare Short, the former internationaldevelopment secretary, who wasscathing about the roleof some of her political colleagues.
A forthcoming book by Sir Christopher Meyer, thechairman of the Press Complaints Commission andBritish ambassador to Washington from 1997 to 2003,will reveal the inner workings of Britain’s lobbyingin the run-up to the war, but it does not appear tohave been censored.

Like Sir Jeremy, he has negotiated a newspaperserialisation deal and his book is due out thisautumn.
Reports that Downing Street was blocking another bookby a former press officer, Lance Price, were alsodenied by Number 10 yesterday. A spokesman said he hadnever heard of the proposed book and knew nothingabout any censorship.

Mr Price has left Downing Street and runs a guesthousein the south of France.

In a statement on Sir Jeremy’s book, the ForeignOffice said: “Civil Service regulations which apply toall members of the diplomatic service require that anyretired official must obtain clearances in respect ofany publication relating to their service. Sir JeremyGreenstock’s proposed book is being dealt with thisunder this procedure.”

Posted in Uncategorized | Leave a comment

London, Dershowitz, Wall, Pipes, Hitchens

1) Another useful op-ed on London. The main point is that “your security is only assured if ours is. If our women and children are killed, then your women and children are killed…”:

http://www.guardian.co.uk/alqaida/story/0,12469,1529875,00.html

Not hate, vengeance
Mundher al-Adhami
Saturday July 16, 2005
The Guardian

The two-minute silence brought the tears forth again, as I thought about the victims, and their tenuous connections with me. Shahara Islam, who died on the number 30 bus, is from Plaistow, where one of my daughters lives. All those others, whose pictures stare out of our newspapers, worked in London, where I also work, and I wonder if I ever crossed paths with them. Then there is the 18-year-old who killed them and himself. He is from Leeds where another member of my family lives. He too is a victim of religious madness. And then I think of the 32 children who lived in a poor area of Baghdad and died in a suicide bombing there on Wednesday. I know the area, and I cry for those children too.Tony Blair talks about “them” hating “our values and our way of life”. But I have seen atrocities like last week’s London bombings taking place in Iraq over the past two years. Attacks there, as those in London, are not about hating anybody’s way of life, but straightforward revenge: revenge for Falluja and al-Qaim – and for Palestine and Afghanistan, which have been subsumed in them.

The pictures of Iraq, Afghanistan or Palestine, with their dust and grime, might be different to the pictures of the London bombs, but they represent a continuity. The war of revenge and collective punishment has arrived in London. And it has its own rationality. Don’t give me the nonsense about why do they hate us. They don’t.

The response to the neo-colonial adventures in Afghanistan and Iraq should surprise no one. Islamist extremism and terrorism, unknown in Iraq before occupation, now fights side by side with the more measured Iraqi resistance. It responds with callous bombs there, and now in the west.

The spirit of revenge becomes more planned, merging with nationalist or faith ideology such as al-Qaida’s, and the targets become more diffuse. Perhaps even in the west, identification with innocent people hit by bombs and napalm – their voices unheard and names unknown – in remote lands of the prophets makes for a holy madness among susceptible youngsters.

As other suicide bombers have said, they may regret the loss of innocent lives in their political, murderous acts – but they atone with their own lives and hope God forgives them. The logic is clear: your security is only assured if ours is. If our women and children are killed, then your women and children are killed.

The policies of Bush and Blair have made life much more dangerous for all of us. Muslims in London are as much victims of atrocities as in Iraq, Afghanistan and Palestine. And, as happened after September 11, those back home phone, worrying about us here – because of the bombs as much as a racist backlash.

The British public have deep sympathy and understanding of the folly of the Iraq war, and will not condone any backlash. On the other hand, they have not yet made their mark as the people of Spain and others did, forcing their governments to withdraw from Bush’s evil “coalition of the willing”. And they should.

183; Mundher al-Adhami, an exile from Saddam Hussein’s regime, is a co-founder of the Iraq Anti-Occupation Forum
mundher.aladhami@hotmail.com

2) Even this commentator, who obviously is no leftist, comprehends that bombings don’t magically appear out of some mystical mist of “hatred”.

http://www.guardian.co.uk/Iraq/Story/0,2763,1529851,00.html

Talking with the jihadists
Terrorism can only be defeated by political compromise and negotiation
David Reiff
Saturday July 16, 2005
The Guardian

On the battlefields of Iraq, American military officials now no longer deny the skill of the home-grown insurgents and foreign jihadists against whom they have been fighting since the fall of Saddam Hussein. In Pentagon language, US forces are fighting a “thinking” and “adapting” enemy. The most important conclusion to draw from the July 7 terrorist bombings in London is that part of that enemy’s “adaptation” is to continue the strikes against civilian targets in western capitals and western interests and tourist venues throughout the world that began with the attacks of September 11 2001 on New York and Washington, and have continued in such places as Bali, Istanbul, Madrid and now London.

The four terrorists implicated so far in the London bombings, as well as others who seem to have abetted the plot, all appear to have been members of the British Muslim community rather than a terrorist cell infiltrated from outside the UK. More worryingly still, they appear to have grown up in families that utterly rejected Islamist extremism and, in effect, their jihadism appears to have been self-motivated….

3) Notice the difference between Dershowitz’s andKhalidi’s cases: Khalidi’s essay was found to be plagiaristic, and he disowned it. Dershowitz’s bookwas found to be plagiaristic, and he continues todefend it. There’s your difference:

http://hnn.us/roundup/entries/13143.html

Alan Dershowitz: New Challenge to Columbia and toChomsky, Finkelstein, and Cockburn
Alan Dershowitz, at frontpagemag.com (7-13-05):

[Alan Dershowitz is a professor of law at Harvard. Hislatest book is The Case For Peace (Wiley Aug 2005).]

Remember Professor Rashid Khalidi? He is the EdwardSaid Professor of Arab Studies at Columbia Universityand director of its Middle East Institute. He is a bigpart of Columbia’s anti-Israel problem, havinginfamously said, among other hateful utterances, that“the tragedy of September 11 was a godsend” to“American Likudniks and their Israeli counterparts”because it “enabled them to draft the United States tohelp fight Israel’s enemies.”[1] Now a serious chargeof plagiarism has been leveled against Khalidi. Thisgives rise to a challenge not only to Columbia, butalso to his triumvirate of anti-Israel supporters whocommonly use the nuclear charge of “plagiarism”against their ideological enemies.

For more than 20 years the terrible triumvirate ofNoam Chomsky, Norman Finkelstein, and AlexanderCockburn have been falsely accusing pro-Israel writersof plagiarism and related academic offenses.[2] I havebeen the most recent target of the selective vitriol.They have accused me of plagiarism for quoting MarkTwain and other well-known figures­whose quotes appearin my book within quotation marks and properly citedto their original source. Their absurd accusation isthat I should have cited these quotes not to theiroriginal source but rather to the secondary source inwhich ­they erroneously claim ­I first came acrossthem. No one but anti-Israel zealots takes thesebiased charges seriously, as evidenced by the factthat not only was I cleared of all such charges byHarvard (after I brought them to the attention of thedean and president), but recently the dean awarded mea prize for “exceptional scholarship” for my currentbook Rights from Wrongs.

Now, a serious charge of real plagiarism has beenleveled at one of the triumvirate’s favoriteanti-Israel professors­ Rashid Khalidi. According toSolomonia, a website,[3] the offending article is anonline essay entitled, “Jerusalem, A Concise History,”by Rashid Khalidi. Khalidi’s essay was copied from anearly identical essay by K.J. Asali withoutattribution or quotation marks. For example, here iswhat Khalidi purported to author:

“The oldest recorded name of the city, ‘Urusalem’ isAmoritic. ‘Shalem’ or ‘Salem’ is the name of aCanaanite-Amorite god; ‘uru’, means ‘founded by.’ Thenames of the two oldest rulers of the city, Saz Anuand Yaqir Ammo, were identified by the Americanarchaeologist W.F. Albright as Amoritic. The Amoriteshad the same language as the Canaanites and were ofthe same Semitic stock. Many historians believe thatthey were an offshoot of the Canaanites, who cameoriginally from the Arabian Peninsula. The Bibleconcurs that the Amorites are the original people ofthe land of Canaan.

“Thus saith the Lord God unto Jerusalem.Thy birth and thy origin are of the landof Canaan; thy father was an Amorite,and thy mother a Hittite. (Ezekiel, 16:1)

“In the second millenium BC, Jerusalem was inhabitedby the Jebusites, a Canaanite tribe, and the cultureof the city was Canaanite. The Jebusites built afortress, ‘Zion’, in Jerusalem. Zion is a Canaaniteword meaning ‘hill’ or ‘height.’”[4]

Here is the original by Asali from which Khalidiobviously copied without attribution:
“Indeed, the oldest name of the city ‘Urusalem’ isAmoritic. ‘Salem’ or ‘Shalem’ was the name of aCanaanite-Amorite god, while ‘uru’ simply meant‘founded by.’ The names of the two oldest rulers ofthe city, Saz Anu and Yaqir Ammo, were identified bythe American archaeologist W. F. Albright as Amoritic.The Amorites, according to the Bible, are the originalpeople of the land of Canaan. They had the samelanguage as the Canaanites and were of the sameSemitic stock. Many historians believe that theAmorites are an offshoot of the Canaanites who cameoriginally from the Arabian Peninsula. In this regardit is apt to quote the Bible (Ezekiel:1 6):

Thus say the Lord God to Jerusalem. Your Origin andyour birth are of the land of the Canaanites, yourfather was an Amorite, and your mother a Hittite.

“In the second millennium, Jerusalem was inhabited bythe Jebusites. In the Bible the Jebusites areconsidered to be Canaanites. It was the Jebusites whofirst built the fortress Zion in the town. Zion is aCanaanite word which means ‘hill’ or ‘height.’”[5]

There are numerous additional instances of verbatimcopying in the Khalidi essay.

When Khalidi was caught, he immediately took his nameoff the article and substituted the followingattribution: “Compiled by ACJ [American Committee onJerusalem, of which Khalidi was president] from avariety of sources.” But for the nearly four yearsbefore he was caught, Khalidi claimed authorship ofthe plagiarized essay.[6] No one can seriously denythat the Khalidi essay is copied from the Asali essay.Khalidi apparently defends the plagiarism as being“mistakenly attributed to me by the defunct website ofa defunct organization,”[7] but he does not explainhow such a mistake could have endured for so manyyears until it was caught and exposed by a journalist.Nor does he explain how he can deflect responsibilityfrom himself by blaming an organization of which hewas president!

Although this charge against an anti-Israel academicis far more serious than any leveled by thetriumvirate against pro-Israel writers, I predict thatFinkelstein will not examine it, Chomsky will notcomplain about it, and Cockburn will not publicize it.Nor will they demand sanctions against theirideological soul-mate, as they have against me andother pro-Israel writers. The same double standardthat is directed against Israel by these selectivecondemners is also directed against pro-Israelacademics.

So here is my challenge to the triumvirate: apply thesame standards to Khalidi that you have to pro-Israelwriters. Apply the same scrutiny to his anti-Israelwritings that you routinely apply to pro-Israelwriters. Demand the same sanctions against Khalidithat you have against pro-Israel writers. Or admitthat you are guilty of hypocrisy and a doublestandard. I await your response, but I am not holdingmy breath.
And here is my challenge to Columbia: investigate thecharges against Khalidi and make a determination basedon the objective standards of proper citation andattribution. Then announce your findings to thepublic.
Notes:

[1] Rashid Khalidi, “Attack Iraq? The real reasons andthe likely consequences of the next war,” In TheseTimes, January 27, 2003, accessible athttp://www.inthesetimes.com/site/main/article/attack_iraq/.[2] See Alan Dershowitz, “The Hazards of Making TheCase for Israel,” JBooks.com, May 2005, accessible athttp://www.jbooks.com/interviews/index/IP_Dershowitz.htm.[3] See Solomonia, June 8, 2005, accessible athttp://www.solomonia.com/blog/archives/006010.shtml.[4] “Jerusalem, A Concise History,” accessible in itscurrent form athttp://www.acj.org/resources/khalidi/c_history.htm.[5] K.J. Asali, “Jerusalem In History: Notes on theOrigins of the City and Its Tradition of Tolerance,”Arab Studies Quarterly, vol. 16, no. 4, Fall 1994,accessible athttp://www.al-bushra.org/jerusalem1/jerhist.htm.(Endnotes omitted.)[6] The article with the Khalidi byline can beaccessed athttp://web.archive.org/web/20010227211134/http://acj.org/resources/khalidi/c_history.htm, courtesy of the Internet Archive Wayback Machine (http://www.archive.org/web/web.php).[7] Elizabeth O’Neill, “The Complaint Against RashidKhalidi,” History News Network, June 17, 2005,accessible at http://hnn.us/articles/12508.html.

4) AP on Dershowitz’s cat fight:

http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/national/AP-Dershowitz-Book-Feud.html

Dershowitz, Prof Spar Over Plagiarism
By THE ASSOCIATED PRESS
Published: July 14, 2005
Filed at 4:40 p.m. ET

BOSTON (AP) — Alan Dershowitz is no stranger tofeuds, but the outspoken Harvard Law School professoris in the middle of a particularly nasty spat with anauthor who accuses him of plagiarism.

Hoodlum. Nut job. Sleaze. Those are just a few of thenames Dershowitz and DePaul University politicalscience professor Norman Finkelstein called each otherthis week in separate interviews with The AssociatedPress.
At the center of the argument is a book by Finkelsteinclaiming that Dershowitz — the lawyer famous forrepresenting O.J. Simpson and other high-profileclients — inappropriately lifted material fromanother author when writing the book ”The Case forIsrael.”

The University of California Press plans to publishFinkelstein’s book, ”Beyond Chutzpah: On the Misuseof Anti-Semitism and the Abuse of History,” in lateAugust despite an aggressive campaign by Dershowitz toget them to drop it.

In letters to California officials including Gov.Arnold Schwarzenegger, Dershowitz accused Finkelsteinof shoddy scholarship and threatened to sue for libel.The governor declined to intervene because of the”clear, academic freedom issue it presents,” hislegal affairs secretary told Dershowitz in a Feb. 8letter.
Dershowitz said he warned the publishing house that hewould ”own the company” if the book accused him ofplagiarism or included Finkelstein’s allegation thathe didn’t write the book in the first place.
”That’s like accusing a mother that she didn’t givebirth to her child,” Dershowitz said of the latterclaim.
Dershowitz also rejected Finkelstein’s allegation thathe plagiarized parts of Joan Peters’ 1984 book ”FromTime Immemorial: The Origins of the Arab-JewishConflict Over Palestine.”

”No other university press would publish garbage likethis,” said Dershowitz, describing the University of California Press as ”very hard-left” and ”veryanti-Zionist.”

Lynne Withey, the publishing house’s director,rejected Dershowitz’s claim that her company has apolitical bias, and said six scholars from outside theuniversity reviewed Finkelstein’s book.

”His books are very, very thoroughly researched. Hehas an excellent reputation,” she said. ”He clearlyhas a point of view that is antithetical toDershowitz’s, but scholars line up on both sides ofthe issue.”

Finkelstein said he agreed to delete all references to”plagiarism,” changing to wording to say thatDershowitz ”lifted” or ”appropriated” materialfrom Peters, but says the changes were only made tohead off costly litigation.

”I have not retracted one jot of one word of whatI’ve said the past year,” Finkelstein said. ”Thebook he plagiarized is, by all academics, recognizedto be a fraud. It’s a completely discredited book.”
Finkelstein’s book claims that ”fully 22 of the 52quotations and endnotes in chapters 1 and 2 of ‘TheCase for Israel’ match almost exactly — including, inlong quotes, the placement of ellipses — those in’From Time Immemorial.”’

Last year, at the request of Harvard Law School DeanElena Kagan, former Harvard President Derek Bokinvestigated Finkelstein’s plagiarism allegations. Bokdid not find any merit to the claim, said law schoolspokesman Michael Armini.

Although Finkelstein is not backing away from hisplagiarism charge, Dershowitz said he has no plans tosue ”that nut job.”

Dershowitz, known as a strong defender of the FirstAmendment, said there is nothing incongruous about hisefforts to convince the University of California Pressnot to publish Finkelstein’s book. He said he alwayswanted the book to be printed, preferably by a lessreputable publisher, so he could ”devastate(Finkelstein) in the court of public opinion.”

”The First Amendment only protects honest mistakes,”he said. ”It doesn’t protect deliberate falsehoods.”
Dershowitz has another book about Israel, ”The Casefor Peace,” scheduled to come out in August, thatincludes his response to Finkelstein’s allegations.

Finkelstein said the plagiarism claims were only asmall part of ”Beyond Chutzpah,” which also looks atways that Dershowitz and other scholars have”egregiously misrepresented” Israel’s human rightsrecord.
”Alan Dershowitz wants to turn this into a personalvendetta,” he said. ”I have no history with AlanDershowitz.
There are few individuals on earth whointerest me less.”

5) This article describes nicely what conditions Palestinians live under:

http://www.haaretz.com/hasen/spages/600595.html

Divide and rule
By Lily Galili

The first reports about the terrorist attack inNetanya reached the handsome apartment in the Dahiyatal-Barid neighborhood shortly before 7 P.M. onTuesday. There were five of us in the apartment at thetime, two Israelis and three Palestinians, and we werediscussing the serious ramifications of the separationfence for the life of the residents in the area. Theynoted that the section of the barrier that alreadyexists has affected their daily routine and said theuncertainty about its final route is playing havocwith the residents’ sense of stability. And then theIsraelis’ beepers reported the terrorist attack. Ourhost turned on the television set. For some time wegazed together at the images from Al-Jazeera, thepreferred station here, not knowing what to say. Wetried to explain that there is nothing like aterrorist attack to undermine the stability ofIsraelis and play havoc with their daily routine.

Our Palestinian hosts said they understood andexpressed deep regret. “You can forget about yourstory,” said T., a 37-year-old businessman who spokeon condition of anonymity. “This is not the story yourreaders will want to read on Friday.”

“I know that now, no one will listen to our distress,”said Hana Karkar, 31, a pharmacist, “but how will ithelp them to shut us up in the prison of the wall?Maybe the terrorist even arrived from an area that issurrounded by a wall?”

Throughout the conversation the Netanya attackcontinued to be present in the living room, likeanother entity of some sort.

It’s a nice area, Dahiyat al-Barid. The name means the”postal neighborhood” and it has had that name sincethe mid-1950s, when the Jordanians decided to build aresidential neighborhood for the senior officials ofthe Jerusalem postal service. To be a postal officialat the time was a status symbol. Since then theneighborhood, which lies north of Jerusalem on theroad to Ramallah, has grown, but has retained itsoriginal character. All the residents, Christians andMuslims alike, belong to the upper middle class.Drivers of cars don’t use their horns, and between 2and 4 P.M. children are not allowed to play outside soas not to interfere with the neighbors’ siesta.

Forty-two homes remain from the original neighborhood,to which fine new homes and new residents have beenadded over the years – nearly all of them youngJerusalemites who are unable to afford a home in thecity itself. Dahiyat al-Barid thus became a suburb ofJerusalem though it was never annexed to the city.Nearly all the residents carry Jerusalem residencycards and their cars have yellow Israeli licenseplates. One such car, which was this week parked nextto the separation fence between the neighborhood andNeveh Yaakov neighborhood, bore a sticker reading “Thetransfer shall not pass,” which was distributed by theanti-disengagement activists. The sticker’s prominentpresence on the back windshield helps the driver getthrough checkpoints easier.

Getting into trouble
Recently people have been saying that representativesof the National Insurance Institute (NII) occasionallywander through the neighborhood and photograph thecars parked next to the houses, in order to prove thattheir owners do not live in Jerusalem and thus to denythem social security allowances. That is why T. askedto remain anonymous; Karkar agreed to let his name bepublished despite his apprehension. Maybe the factthat he is married to an Israeli woman, Nibal, fromKafr Kana in the Galilee, gives him a different typeof security.

Hana and Nibal Karkar were married a year and a halfago and moved to one of the new buildings that theLatin Patriarchate put up in the neighborhood foryoung couples. Their place is decorated with artworkby Nibal and filled with textbooks used by Hana, who,besides managing the pharmacy located just insideJaffa Gate in the Old City of Jerusalem, also has theconcession to distribute soft drinks and otherproducts of the Tempo company (an Israeli firm) in theWest Bank. The checkpoints get him into trouble withthe Israelis, and the character of the merchandise,some of which is alcoholic (beer), gets him intotrouble with the Muslims. Still, until now his lifeflowed in a routine with which he could cope. Then thesecurity fence went up in the middle of the main roadbetween Jerusalem and Ramallah, and life changed.

T. related that about a month before his wife was dueto give birth in a Jerusalem hospital, he asked thedoctor what would happen if he could not get throughthe checkpoint. The doctor took out a sheet of paperand drew a birthing flowchart with exact instructionsabout what to do in each stage. He drew the umbilicalcord and wrote down how to cut it. T. asked about theplacenta – what it looks like, what to do with it. Inthe end he didn’t need the chart, but the powerfulimpression of the experience stuck with him.

Since the barrier went up, instead of driving in adirect line to his company’s large warehouse inAtarot, north of Jerusalem, Karkar has had to useroads that bypass the checkpoints – a verytime-consuming process. Sometimes he gets stuck for anhour in a checkpoint with Palestinia
ns and finallyturns around and goes through Hizma checkpoint, whichis faster because it’s used by the settlers. The factthat he is married to an Israeli woman is also asource of problems. For example, if they are invitedto a social event in Ramallah, Nibal – as an Israeli -is denied entry to the city, which lies in Area A(under Palestinian control). Once, on the way to awedding, they were stopped by a soldier at acheckpoint. They showed him a marriage certificate.The soldier, displaying refined Israeli humor, askedsarcastically, “What is this, the BalfourDeclaration?” He did not let her go through. Anothertime, he did.

It is still not clear where the final route of thestill-uncompleted fence will lie and where it willconnect with the parts that are already standing. Theuncertainty is a source of constant tension for theneighborhood’s residents. They don’t know where toregister their children for schools, how they will getto work, how they will be able to maintain ties withfriends, how they will get to their churches – all ofwhich are in Jerusalem – on Sunday mornings. Some ofthem, unable to cope with the pressure, have moved toJerusalem neighborhoods whose fate has already beendecided.

Sad cynicism
At the moment, three options for the route of the wallstill exist: that it will pass to the north and leavethe entire neighborhood connected to Jerusalem; thatit will pass to the south and leave the entireneighborhood in the West Bank; or that it will passthrough the center of the neighborhood, splitting itinto two.

All three options are bad. This week they also heardthat the government had decided to speed up thebuilding of the fence in the area near them. Theyheard the promises of the government ministries, ofthe NII and of the Jerusalem Municipality that allthose institutions will set up branches on the otherside of the barrier, that there will be gates in itand that children will be bused to school. Suchpromises generate only sad, cynical guffaws. No onebelieves the promises; everyone is wondering whetherthe government will be replaced and the new one willdecide on different procedures. One of the moreprestigious schools of the Sisters of the Rosaryconvent is located in the neighborhood, and nearly allof its 1,800 students live in Jerusalem. In themeantime, children are being bused to the school invehicles that use the Palestinian VIP checkpoint. Butwhat will happen if the school finds itself in theWest Bank, behind the fence? It is said that theVatican, too, is following the matter closely.

Not far from the Karkar residence is the Arab OrthodoxClub of Jerusalem. Founded in 1924, it is a well-keptinstitution that serves 400 people from the dwindlingcommunity of 2,500 Greek Orthodox residents inJerusalem. The club is the center of their social andcultural life. Attorney Nabil Mushahwar is itschairman. If the club is cut off from Jerusalem by theseparation fence, the community will lose a vitalcenter, for 120 children from the Scouts movement whocome from Jerusalem, women’s groups, sports activitiesand computer groups. The club’s leaders are genuinelyconcerned that without a place like it, where youngpeople can meet, they will take to the streets and mayeven be lured into taking drugs.

If the facility is cut off from the West Bank, it willlose its ties with the community in Ramallah. And ifthe neighborhood is split into two by wall that isplanned to pass a few dozen meters behind the club,its secretary, Dr. Emil Tarazi, a dentist and adescendant of the generation that founded theneighborhood, which almost abuts the club, will be cutoff from it and from his duties. His house is veryclose by, but the fence is liable to be built betweenit and the club.

An Israeli officer who walked around the neighborhoodrecently as part of the preparations for building theseparation fence, said to Tarazi: “What’s the problem?Go around through the Qalandiyah checkpoint – fiveminutes, it’s really nothing.” A “terminal” is nowbeing built at Qalandiyah – a term that drives thePalestinians crazy with its pseudo-elegance, when inpractice it is another checkpoint, only bigger.

`Divide and rule’
An angry and pained conversation was held on theclub’s balcony this week. In the background childrenwere playing and teenagers were hanging around.Mushahwar refused to go into details and spoke onlyabout the principle: “What Israel is doing is contraryto international law,” he said. “Without declaring it,Israel is in practice setting its state borders aheadof a discussion on the future of Jerusalem. It hasnothing to do with security.”

The cabinet decision this week, which leaves theresidents of Shuafat refugee camp – who are in factresidents of Jerusalem – on the other side of theseparation fence, supports this reading of thesituation. Who needs Muslim refugees? The Christiansare a different story. The issue of deliberatereligious separation, which is being talked about onlyin whispers, hovers over the conversation, untilMushahwar bursts out: “I have heard these rumors abouta malicious plan to separate Muslims and Christians inour area. We will not agree to that distinction. Weknow this `divide and rule’ [aspect] of Israel. It isa dirty game.”

This week the High Court of Justice was supposed toconduct a hearing about the route of the fence intheir neighborhood, but it was postponed indefinitely,thus prolonging the gnawing, ruinous uncertainty. Onthe way back we were stopped by a Border Policeman ata checkpoint. “Jews?” he asked. At that moment ourpositive reply reflected neither happiness – norpride.

6) This op-ed addresses the same issue of the Israeli wall:

http://www.jordantimes.com/fri/opinion/opinion3.htm

A taste of their own medicine
Daoud Kuttab

The upcoming Israeli unilateral withdrawal from the Gaza Strip and the mess of the wall around East Jerusalem have been producing some unusual statements and positions not heard of since 1967. Members of the Israeli Knesset and other right wing Israelis, angry at the possibility that permits will be needed to visit settlers in the Gaza Strip, came up with some interesting statements.

Despite official Israeli assurances that requests for visits to the Gaza settlers will be processed within eight hours, the response was explosive. “These decisions are inhuman,” said one. Another called the closure of the Gaza Strip, where nearly 8,000 Jewish settlers live, “undemocratic”. Others complained about this “collective punishment”.

Well, what about the Palestinians who have been experiencing the closure of the territories for the past five years? Palestinians need permits to travel from one city to another. Those wishing to visit relatives or acquaintances in Jerusalem have needed a permit since 1993. Even with a permit, no Palestinian from outside Jerusalem is allowed to sleep overnight or drive his own car to reach relatives, friends, cultural centres or religious locations. With a few exceptions, visitor visas for Arabs wishing to visit the occupied territories or Israel have been repeatedly rejected by Israeli embassies in Amman and Cairo.

On another issue, the Israeli government issued a statement that surprised hundreds of thousands of Palestinian Jerusalemites. In preparations for a response to a case being brought against them in the Israeli high court, the Israeli Cabinet confirmed that 55,000 Palestinian Jerusalemites will be locked outside the wall and that the Israeli government will open various administrative offices for these Palestinians, including a post office, national insurance and ministry of interior offices.

Wow!

For 37 years, Palestinians have been complaining about being obliged to use the single, overcrowded ministry of interior office in East Jerusalem that serves a quarter of a million Palestinian Arabs (Jews get to use the less congested West Jerusalem office). Every new minister of interior that sees the
long lines outside the ministry’s office would state that he would resolve the problem, but nothing has happened. Neither did a high court decision to ease the problem produced results, with the exception of allowing Jerusalemites travelling to Jordan to get their permits at the bridge terminal and to renew their travel documents by mail.
The news story in Al Quds about the possibility that a second ministry of interior office would be opened has produced many discussions and some black humour as well. Some sceptics think that this is just another promise that will go unfulfilled. But Palestinians are joking about the ulterior motives. They are trying to get people to go outside the wall and then close the gates on them, they say. Others think that this is a transfer trick that will get Jerusalem Palestinians on record as going outside the walls and therefore they would gradually loose their right to reside in the Holy City.

The settlers are now getting a taste of their own government’s oppressive policies, which they have been using for years against Palestinians. They are made to feel the double standards, or what many would say is racist policies that Israel has been practising against Palestinians for so long.

A look back at statements of Zionist Jewish activists in the 1940s shows that they were decrying the British Emergency regulations, using a variety of negative terms, only for these same emergency regulations to become the standard used by Israel in what is becoming the longest occupation in modern history.

Individual rights, including the right to self-determination, freedom to travel and other essential freedoms, should be observed for all peoples, whether Jews or Arabs. But these rights will never be fully enjoyed unless the most blatant human rights violation, that of a foreign military occupation ruling 3.7 million Palestinians against their will, is put to a permanent end.

Friday-Saturday, July 15-16, 2005

7) Another statement about the Wall:

“One Year Later: Implementation of the International Court of Justice’s Opinion on Israel’s Wall”
Summary of a Palestine Center Briefing by John Quigley and Josh Ruebner
For the Record No. 226 (15 July 2005)

Through the United States (US) government’s financial and political support for Israel, the US is facilitating Israel’s construction of the West Bank Wall, which the International Court of Justice (ICJ) found to be illegal. “There is a well-established doctrine in international law that says if one state is doing something that violates an international obligation, it is unlawful for a second state to facilitate that legality by providing it with the physical means to commit an unlawful purpose,” explained John Quigley, professor of law at Ohio State University. Josh Ruebner, grassroots advocacy coordinator for the US Campaign to End the Israeli Occupation, added that by supporting Israel’s “oppressive Wall regime,” the US is “abusing its power as a global leader.”

Speaking at a briefing at the DC-based Palestine Center, Quigley and Ruebner agreed that there have been “positive developments” as a result of the advisory opinion issued by the ICJ on 9 July 2004 despite the lack of action on the part of nation-states. Their remarks, made during an 11 July 2005 briefing entitled “One Year Later: Implementation of the ICJ Advisory Opinion on Israel’s Wall in the Occupied Palestinian Territories,” were made in commemoration of the advisory opinion.

According to Ruebner, the ICJ ruling has provided great “moral authority and a renewed sense of purpose” for those who strive to reform foreign policy and institute the application of human rights and international law. Even though governments have not implemented the ICJ ruling during the past year, members of international civil society have taken action in support of the Court’s opinion.

Ruebner stressed that although the US government has been reluctant to adhere to the conclusions of the ICJ ruling, “the response of US civil society has been encouraging.” He noted that some US Christian denominations have taken constructive action that provides activists with legitimatization and a strong framework from which to act.

For example, the 25th General Synod of the United Church of Christ issued a resolution in July 2005 calling for an investigation of “its holdings in companies that perpetuate violence and injustice in Israel and Palestine,” said Ruebner. In addition to its move toward a more socially-conscious investment strategy, the Church introduced a second resolution reflecting the language used in the ICJ ruling. It called upon the Israeli government “to cease the project to construct the barrier, tear down the segments that have already been constructed, and pay reparations to those who have lost homes, fields, property, and/or lives and health due to the barrier and its effects,” said Ruebner.

Quigley argued that since its issuance, the Advisory Opinion has had significance in the Israeli courts as well. He pointed out that petitions submitted by attorneys on behalf of Palestinians cite the ICJ ruling in their arguments against the Wall. He added that although the High Court of Israel “has not taken a definitive position on the ruling,” the High Court has suggested that it is giving the ruling attention.

In a May 2005 case, Israel’s High Court concluded that the Wall was only justifiable on the grounds of security concerns. Quigley believes this ruling was significant because it implied that the construction of the Wall was to continue under the guise of security and not under other justifications, such as political reasons. Under that interpretation, Quigley argued that “the Wall around Israeli settlements would not be legally valid because the Wall had nothing to do with suicide bombings inside Israel.”

However, in the year since the ICJ found that Israel was obligated to end the construction of the Wall, the daily-life conditions of Palestinians have worsened. “The Wall continues to interfere with the rights of Palestinians to pursue their normal activities,” said Quigley.

Citing an article in the Israeli daily Ha’aretz on 8 July 2005, which detailed the unlawful conditions Palestinian farmers endure in crossing the Wall to reach their fields, Quigley stated that Palestinian farmers are denied access to their olive groves and land, their primary source of income. According to the article, of the 1,000 applications by Palestinian farmers for an Israeli permit to access their land, 600 were denied and 380 resulted in no reply. In less than one percent of cases, or 70 of the 1,000, was the application for a permit granted. Farmers are allowed only to cross the gates of the Wall with equipment “they can carry in their hands,” said Quigley, quoting the article. As a result, thousands of olive saplings continue to die without the regular care and agricultural machinery essential to their growth.

Ruebner said that the US has proved to be a strong ally of Israel’s “oppressive Wall regime” by restricting a portion of the $200 million in humanitarian aid that US President George W. Bush recently promised to Palestinians and allocating it for preservation of the Wall. Although monies from the Palestinian aid package, presented as part of the 2005 US Supplemental War Budget, are ear-marked for “building bridges to help improve the flow of people and goods between Israel and the West Bank and Gaza,” Ruebner and other activists fear that such funds will instead “concretize the occupation, pay for checkpoints, and enable other restrictions on movement under the guise of helping the flow of people and goods.” In May 2005, Congress approved the use of $50 million of the $200 million for constructing 34 high-tech, militarily secure crossings in the Wall.

Reaffirming US support of Israel and disregard of the ICJ, Ruebner reported that members of Congress in both houses have presented resolutions rebuking the Court and accusing it o
f ulterior motives. For example, Ruebner noted that shortly after the ICJ released its advisory opinion, House Resolution 713 was passed accusing the ICJ of abusing its power by promoting the Palestinian position. In a somewhat bleaker stance, Senator Gordon Smith (R-Oregon) presented Senate Resolution 408, which disapproved of the ICJ ruling and supported Israel for its institution of the Wall. However, Ruebner noted that SR-408 did not pass due to anonymous holds by two “courageous” senators.

Ruebner further argued that by denouncing the ICJ ruling and providing Israel with a $3-billion economic and military aid package in 2004, the US continues to undermine the significance of the Advisory Opinion and, more disturbingly, the rule of law. While the ICJ ruling itself may not be legally binding, Ruebner noted it is based on “general principles of international law” that are. Quigley stressed that at minimum, the Wall’s construction is “unlawful and the occupying power has the obligation to avoid disrupting lives of those under occupation” under the ICJ ruling.

The above text is based on remarks delivered on 11 July 2005 by Professor John Quigley and Mr. Josh Ruebner. The speakers’ views do not necessarily reflect those of The Jerusalem Fund or its educational program the Palestine Center. This “For the Record” summary may be used without permission but with proper attribution to the Palestine Center. It was drafted by Rasha Uthman and her fellow summer 2005 interns.

8) Pipes spouting off again. If nothing else, that’s one productive fellow. After reading this, I remembered why the UK is such a wonderful place:

http://hnn.us/roundup/entries/13092.html
Daniel Pipes: Weak Brits, Tough French?
Daniel Pipes, in the NY Sun (7-12-05):

[Mr. Pipes is the director of the Middle East Forum. His website address is http://www.danielpipes.org. Click here for his HNN blog.]

Thanks to the war in Iraq, much of the world sees the British government as resolute and tough and the French one as appeasing and weak. But in another war, the one against terrorism and radical Islam, the reverse is true: France is the most stalwart nation in the West, even more so than America, while Britain is the most hapless…..

9) Although his ultimate point is a bit opaque, this essay starts interestingly:

http://hnn.us/roundup/entries/13117.html

Christopher Hitchens: Would Thomas Jefferson Have Opposed the Iraq War?
Christopher Hitchens, in the WSJ (7-12-05):
[Mr. Hitchens is a columnist for Vanity Fair and the author, most recently, of “Thomas Jefferson: Author of America” (HarperCollins, 2005).]

All through the years 2003 and 2004 one used to hear it: “So, you think your Iraqi friends are about to adopt Jeffersonian democracy . . .” (pause for hilarious nudge, sneer, snigger or wink). After a bit too much of this at one debate in downtown New York, I managed to buy some time, and even get a laugh, by riposting that Iraqi democracy probably wouldn’t be all that “Jeffersonian,” since none of my Iraqi comrades owned any slaves. But I was conscious, here, of trading partly in the stupid currency of my opponents. (I would now phrase matters a little more assertively: The United States has yet to elect a black or Jewish president, while the Iraqi Parliament chose a Kurd as its first democratically selected head of state, and did so even while the heaped corpses of his once-despised minority were still being exhumed from mass graves.)

If hypocrisy is the compliment that vice pays to virtue, then the frequent linkage of the name “Jefferson” with the word “democracy” is impressive testimony, even from cynics, that his example has outlived his time and his place. To what extent does he deserve this rather flattering association of ideas?….

Posted in Uncategorized | 1 Comment

Frist Letter, Badmash, Middle East Studies, Watch List, PR, Democracy, Erdogan, …

1) While rattling around my computer today, I found this letter that I had written to Senator Bill Frist in January 2003. At the time he sent a soothing reply which I recall spewing flowery prose about “standing tall,” “remaining resolute,” and having “full trust” in the Comamnder in Chief (which I must find again). I tried to publish a similar op-ed in the local paper, but they cut it down to the 300 word level of a “letter to the editor,” which isn’t sufficient to build an argument. The full letter seems prescient enough, though.

21 January 2003
Senator Bill Frist
Senate Majority Leader
Washington, DC

Dear Senator Frist:

This letter is to express strong opposition to anycommencement of hostilities by US forces against theState of Iraq. Any such attack would be destabilizingin the extreme, highly dangerous for US security athome and abroad, damaging to US stature in the world,and would inevitably result in a great number ofinnocent civilian casualties.

Any unprovoked attack on Iraq would amount to apre-emptive assault on a non-belligerent state –violating a key principle of the UN charter. In 1939Germany breached this prohibition by invading Poland. In 1941, Japan violated this principle by attackingPearl Harbor. In 1990, Iraq broke this principle byinvading Kuwait. In 2003, the US is consideringbreaching this principle by invading Iraq. If thisaction is carried out, the principle of the illegalityof pre-emptive state-to-state military attacks will beirreparably harmed. This is an extremely dangerousproposition, and may ultimately result in thebreakdown of the UN system. In addition, it will makeit diplomatically impossible for the US to preventother state actors from carrying out similarpre-emptive assaults.

The regional implications of this US-initiated war aresimply not known. Advocates of military action arguethat the war can be concluded quickly with minimalcasualties. Even if this turns out to be true, thatwould mark the beginning of the initiative, not theend. A strong argument can be made that the events of9/11 and the maturation of al-Qaida initiatives aredirectly traceable to the US “victory” in 1991 and thepermanent posting of US forces in Saudi Arabia. Priorto 2001, significant US forces were not present in thefollowing areas where they are currently active: Oman,Qatar, Israel/Palestine, Uzbekistan, Georgia, thePhilippines, Pakistan, and Afghanistan. Such amassively increased US military presence beyond ourborders has local effects with global implications –and an occupation of Iraq will greatly increase thispresence. Put simply, “blowback” is a reality — andthe future spin-off effects of a projected US assaulton Iraq are unpredictable.

While many in the Bush administration discount theimportance of Muslim public opinion, it is that publicwhich frequently provides shelter, funding, andsympathy for the sort of extremists the US publicshould really be worried about. One inflames thispublic opinion at one’s own risk. Assaulting andoccupying Iraq will not endear the US government tothe Islamic world — and that matters in ways thatcannot be immediately known.

The humanitarian effects of this war are unknown. While non-American casualties do not normally receivegreat attention in the US media, they do carry effectselsewhere. The collapse of the Iraqi state may causethe next wave of asylum seekers throughout Europe andthe US — which will have its own secondary effects ondomestic politics.

The potential cost of this war is unknown, and couldbe well over a trillion dollars. Wealthy as the USmay be, such a great expense could spell the end ofany near-term economic recovery, damage our long termeconomic security, and harm any prospect that latergenerations will continue to see the sorts of socialsupport still in operation today. Considering theparties likely to profit from such governmentaloutlays and the change in global oil markets whichwould likely follow such a war, that expense wouldconstitute a direct transfer of resources from publicto private interests — a transfer that would furtherdamage a society that is already clearly sick.

Last weekend, an estimated 500,000 citizens marchedagainst this potential war in Washington, and 200,000in San Francisco. Such opposition has beendemonstrated in spite of a blanket refusal by themainstream media to broadcast any but completelyunanimous opinions in support of war. Anyone whodoubts the divisive nature of Bush’s foreign policyinitiatives should note: such massive protest marchescame to pass against a possible war. One can onlyspeculate how divisive an actual war may turn out tobe — let alone one that proves difficult. As acitizen and voter, I am appalled at the aggressive andunitary conduct of political debate under the Bushadministration — but I will not be intimidated. Rather, I am just angry enough to get involved — andI am not alone.

It is said that Iraq is a threat to the US due to itsweapons of mass destruction (WMD). However, Iraqnever successfully developed nuclear weapons, and hasallowed destruction of the vast majority of its formerstock of chemical and biological weapons — and thecurrent inspection regime is attempting to address anyresidual threats. However, if the US initiates apre-emptive assault, the region may find out the hardway how many WMD’s Iraq possesses. Such a scenariocarries horrifying implications — and blame would liesquarely with the Bush administration for initiatinghostilities.

On a personal note, as a native-born Arab-American ofmixed descent, I have relatives in three cities ofIraq. If any of those relatives — all civilians –fail to survive hostilities initiated by the Bushregime, I intend to take those directly and legallyculpable for their deaths (Bush, Cheney, Rumsfeld,Wolfowitz, and others) to court for damages. If theBush administration utilizes US WMD’s in theprosecution of this war, I intend to help initiate warcriminal proceedings against these same officials –inside or outside US jurisdiction. In this too, Iwill not be alone.

Senator Frist, I am asking you to withdraw yoursupport for the Bush administration’s proposed assaulton Iraq. If you are able to do so publicly, you willhave proven yourself a courageous politician and canbe assured of my support for years to come. If youonly feel able to do so privately, then you canconsider yourself an ethical person and responsiblepolitician. However, if you actively support thiswar, you will be at least partially culpable for thenegative effects described in this letter. Due toyour elected position, your stance matters. I hopeyou find the courage to make the right decision –millions are watching, including this interestedvoter.

Yours sincerely,Nabil Al-Tikriti

2) This is a great video, in the spirit of Jon Stewart. Click on the featured video, “Harlan Mcraney, Presidential Speechalist 5000.” I also recommend the “Peugeot commercial.”

www.badmash.org/movies.php

3) Daily Kos on Juan Cole and Middle East Studies field against the neocon extremists — go to original article for full links:

http://www.dailykos.com/story/2005/7/12/134822/440

Cole et al vs. Neocons and Kramer: Understanding JuanCole’s fight
by mikepridmore
Tue Jul 12th, 2005 at 10:48:22 PDT

To get an understanding of what Juan Cole is upagainst you need a peek into what others in his fieldare saying. A recent symposium at GeorgetownUniversity provided the perfect opportunity to do so. A synopsis of that symposium is available online here. Several themes are apparent. First, and this is thebiggest concern for Cole’s fellow academics, Arabstudies programs are having to defend the need fortheir very existence if they refuse to toe theofficial government line. Here is an excerpt from a2002 piece by Martin Kramer, who also
happened toattend the symposium (link):

Diaries :: mikepridmore’s diary :: ::

Boycott! Since 9/11, the leaders of Middle Easternstudies have had one aim: to exploit the disaster toexpand their empire. More money, more appointments,more students: if we receive more, they have argued,the United States will be better prepared than it wason September 11.

But in the various departments of the U.S. government,there are no illusions. Expanding Middle Easternstudies won’t make America more secure if thisexpansion fails to produce graduates willing to servegovernment .

And Kramer is not the only attacker. Related to this,there is a concerted effort by lobbyists tomarginalize those who disagree with Bushadministration policies. At the Georgetown symposium,Peter Gran of Temple University mentioned the effectof Arab studies nemeses such as Daniel Pipes:

Peter Gran of Temple University said lobbyists had asignificant impact on research topics. Citing Arabstudies nemesis Daniel Pipes’ remarks that truepatriotism consisted of upholding market sovereigntyrather than the needs of the American people, Granargued that there was a growing trans-national meshingof elite goals, along with the simultaneousdevelopment of a social movement substituting”rapture” for economic health…
As’ad Abukhalil of California State University atStanislau argued at the Georgetown symposium that theoverall intent of Pipes’ group Campus Watch was tokeep the academy out of the debate by delegitimizingscholars. Juan Cole caught Pipes’s group in the actof targeting him in 2002 and threatened legal actionif they didn’t take him off a watch list that hadresulted in spam attacks on him. One can questionwhether threatening legal action was the right courseof action by Cole, but Martin Kramer inadvertentlyreveals his close association with the group by theamount of detail seen in his attack on Cole here. Kramer intended to make Cole appear batty forincluding him in the e-mail threatening legal action. But Kramer’s obvious familiarity with all the detailsshows that Pipes and Kramer were likely collaboratingbehind the scenes as Cole suspected.

Leila Hudson of the University of Arizona mentionedanother nemesis of Middle East academicians: “…some,like the Middle East Media Research Institute (MEMRI),distract the public from scholars’ opinions.” Colealso had a run-in with Kramer related to MEMRI. Hereis Cole’s defense of statements he made with regard toMEMRI. Here is Kramer’s attack piece where he yetagain tries to marginalize Cole by making him appearbatty. Here is a helpful explanation of MEMRI thatincludes a Guardian piece.

Part of what Cole alleged was that MEMRI had a muchlarger budget than it was admitting. The moneyconnection is more apparent elsewhere, as in thepro-Bush policy think tank where Kramer now hangs hishat. From the synopisis of the symposium:

Despite the active participation by Martin Kramer ofthe Washington Institute for Near East Policy (WINEP),his most significant comment lay partly in what he didnot say. Kramer argued that the academy should notstigmatize the few who take Middle East training anddecide to work for government or advocate its currentpolicies. However, he neglected to address the issueof the stigmatizing of those Middle East experts whospeak out against governmental policy–something hehas done in his own book.

Although it is not at first apparent, WINEP = AIPAC =Big PAC money and influence. Here is a history ofWINEP with this key graf that reveals its currentslant:

At the onset of the second Bush administration,WINEP’s influence dimmed as neoconservatives at theAmerican Enterprise Institute and Project for the NewAmerican Century successfully pushed for a completebreak from previous policy frameworks toward theIsraeli-Palestinian conflict and the Middle East.WINEP, which also had several leading neocons on itsboard of advisors including Richard Perle and PaulWolfowitz, has over the past four years also movedeven further to the right and toward the hard-linepositions of the Likud party militarists. Theinstitute includes such right-wing Zionists in itsranks as Michael Rubin, Martin Kramer, Daniel Pipes,and Joshua Muravchik. Another new figure at WINEP isJonathan Schnazer, who was previously a researchfellow at Daniel Pipes’ Middle East Forum.

WINEP was originally founded as a think tank that wasless partisan than its current incarnation. But, morethan anything else, it is and always has been a policyinsitute. Here is more detail of the actions of WINEPand AIPAC, among others, during the currentadministration. AIPAC and WINEP work together. WINEPserves as an a quasi-academic source of policies thatAIPAC then works to make official US policy. As forthe influence of AIPAC, you need look no further thanthis statement by Fritz Hollings that connects theIraq War with a powerful push by AIPAC on behalf ofIsraeli security.

To get some idea of what WINEP is doing other thanusing Martin Kramer as an attack dog against opposingvoices, note that some WINEP participants, like DennisRoss, tell different stories in the US than they do toother audiences, giving anti-Palestinian bias to theircomments. From the symposium link:
University of Arizona professor Charles Smith pointedout that Dennis Ross, President Bill Clinton’s topMiddle East negotiator, had told a French audiencethat both Israel and Palestine should be heldaccountable for the failure of the peace talks betweentheir former heads of government, Ehud Barak andYasser Arafat. Ross told an American audience,however, that the Palestinians were to blame. Ross’U.S. version was dangerous, Smith said, because itwould be believed for years to come, despite moreaccurate versions available from Clayton Swisher andRobert Malley, both of whom were present at the CampDavid talks.

There was also a lot of discussion at the symposium ofthe effect on academics of the selective listening ofthe Bush administration. Lisa Anderson, president ofthe Middle East Studies Association (MESA) and a deanat Columbia University, said that, “rather thanacademics influencing policy, policy was influencingthe academy.” (To give a little insight into what sheis facing, you can take a look at this venomous andchildish hit piece on MESA by Martin Kramer.) Ambassador Edward Walker of the Middle East Institute(MEI) agreed with Anderson, saying that the door topolicy advisement was open mostly to people whoalready have served–and even then, mostly to those inagreement with the current administration.

University of Arizona professor Charles Smith alsopointed out that Princeton professor Bernard Lewis(who said that imperialism was “a consequence, not acause” of weakness in Middle Eastern states, despitethe fact there were no Middle Eastern nation statesprior to European imperialism) was consulting withSecretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld before 9/11,making the point–as had Walker–that it was academicswho agreed with administration policy whose advice wassought.

Leila Hudson of the University of Arizona addressedthe issue of the application of Arab studies to policyas it was practiced by those in agreement with currentpolicy. Neo-con ideas like those espoused by symposiumparticipant Martin Kramer, she explained, traced backto the University of Chicago’s Albert Wohlstetter andled to such phenomena as what Hudson described as a”think tank masquerading as an educationalinstitution.”

As mentioned above, Kramer thinks academics shouldaccept it when quasi-scholars supply theadministration with the info it wants to hear. Hudsoncannily noted that policies based on the advice ofnon-experts (like Kramer) were failing:

Unfortunately, Hudson said, these groups drown out theexpert voices of scholars in fields like anthropologyand history. However, Hudson also noted, policy basedon the tactics of such groups was failing becausepolicymakers have declined to consult experts andhence lack detailed knowledge.

4) There but for the grace of God go
each of us:

Published on Thursday, July 7, 2005 byCommonDreams.org
http://www.commondreams.org/views05/0707-30.htm
Who’s Watching the Watch List?
by John Graham

Heading for Oakland from Seattle to see my grandkidslast week, the Alaska Airline check-in machine refusedto give me a boarding pass. Directed to the ticketcounter, I gave the agent my driver’s license andwatched her punch keys at her computer.

Frowning, she told me that my name was on the nationalterrorist No Fly Watch List and that I had to bespecially cleared to board a plane. Any plane. Thenshe disappeared with my license for ten minutes,returning with a boarding pass and a written notice from the Transportation Security Administration (TSA)confirming that my name was on a list of persons “whoposed, or were suspected of posing, a threat to civilaviation or national security.”

No one could tell me more than that. The computer wascertain.

Back home from Oakland, I called the TSA 800 number,where I rode a merry-go-round<http://www.srch-results.com/lm/rtl.asp?k=merry%20go%20round>of pleasant recorded voices until I gave up. Turningto the TSA website, I downloaded a Passenger IdentityVerification Form that would assist the TSA in”assessing” my situation if I sent it in with apackage of certified documents attesting to who I was.

I collected all this stuff and sent it in. Anothertwenty minutes on the phone to the TSA uncovered nolive human being at all, let alone one who would tellme what I’d presumably done to get on The List.Searching my own mind for possible reasons, I’ve beenmore and more puzzled. I used to work on nationalsecurity issues myself for the State Department andI know how dangerous our country’s opponents can be.To the dismay of many of my more progressive friends,I’ve given the Feds the benefit of the doubt onhomeland security. I tend to dismiss conspiracytheories as nonsense and I take my shoes off for the airport screeners with a smile.

I’m embarrassed that it took my own ox being gored forme to see the threat posed by the
Administration’scurrent restricting of civil liberties. I’m beingaccused of a serious–even treasonous–criminalintent by a faceless bureaucracy, with no chance (thatI can find) to refute any errors or false charges. Myability to earn a living is threatened–I speak oncivic action and leadership all over the world,including recently at the US Air Force<http://www.srch-results.com/lm/rtl.asp?k=us%20air%20force>Academy. Plane travel is key to my livelihood.

According to a recent MSNBC piece, thousands ofAmericans are having similar experiences. And this isnot Chile under Pinochet. It’s America.My country and yours.

With no real information to go on, I’m left to guesswhy this is happening to me. The easiest and mostcomforting guess is that it’s all a mistake (apossibility the TSA form, to its credit, allows). Buthow? I’m a 63-year-old guy with an Anglo-Saxon name. Ionce held a Top Secret Umbra clearance (don’t ask whatit is but it meant the FBI vetted me up the whazoo formonths). And since I left the government in 1980, mylife has been an open book. It shouldn’t be hard forthe government to figure out that I’m not a menace tomy country.
But if they do think thathttp://www.srch-results.com/lm/rtl.asp?k=the%20giraffe>Heroes Project, a nonprofit that moves people to sticktheir necks out for the common good. In the traditionof Gandhi, King and Mandela, that can includechallenging public policies people think are unjust.But in 1990, the Project’s founder and I were honoredas “Points of Light” by the first President Bush forour work in fostering the health of this democracy.I’ve just written a book about activating citizens toget to work on whatever problems they care about,instead of sitting around complaining.

I’m also engaged in international peacemaking, workingwith an organization with a distinguished 60-yearrecord of success in places ranging from post-warEurope to Africa. Peacemakers must talk to allsides, so over the years I’ve met with Cambodians,Sudanese, Palestinians, Israelis and many others. Youcan’t convince people to move toward peacefulsolutions unless you understand who they are.

As I said, I’m not into conspiracy theories. But Ican’t ignore this Administration’s efforts to purgeand punish dissenters and opponents. Look, forexample, at current efforts to cleanse PBS and NPR of”anti-Administration” news. But I’m not Bill Moyersand the Giraffe Heroes Project is not PBS. We’re asmall operation working quietly to promote realcitizenship.

Whether it’s a mistake or whether somebody with thepower to hassle me really thinks I am a threat, thestark absence of due process is unsettling. The worstof it is that being put on a list of America’senemies seems to be permanent. The TSA form states:”the TSA clearance process will not remove a name fromthe Watch Lists. Instead this process distinguishespassengers from persons who are in fact on the WatchLists by placing their names and identifyinginformation in a cleared portion of the Lists” (whichmay or may not, the form continues, reduce the airporthassles).

Huh? My name is on a list of real and suspectedenemies of the state and I can’t find out what I’maccused of or why, let alone defend myself? And I’mguilty, says my government, not just until proveninnocent or a victim of mistaken identity–but forever?

Yes, 9/11 changed a lot. Tougher internal securitymeasures (like thorough screenings at airports andboundary crossings) are a dismal necessity. But, inprotecting ourselves, we can’t allow our leaders tocontinue to create a climate of fear and mistrust, todestroy our civil liberties and, in so doing, tochange who we are as a nation. What a victory thatwould be for our enemies! And what a betrayal of realpatriots, and to so many in the wider world who stillremember this country as a source of inspiration andhope.
I don’t think it’s like Germany in 1936. But look atGermany in 1930. Primed by National Socialistpropaganda to stay fearful and angry, Germans indroves chose not to see the right’s extreme views andactions as a threat to their liberties.

And don’t forget that frog. You know that frog.Dropped into a pot of boiling water, he jumps out tosafety. But put into a pot of cold water over a steadyflame, he won’t realize the danger until it’s too lateto jump.
So how hot does the water have to get? When the Fedscan rifle through your library reading list? When theycan intimidate journalists? When a government agencycan keep you off airplanes without giving you a reason? When there’s not even a pretense of dueprocess? We’re not talking about prisoners atGuantanamo; it’s you and me. Well, after last week, itsure as hell is me and it could be you, next.

Oh yes. Washington State just refused to renew mydriver’s license on-line, a privilege given others. Ihad to wait in line at the DMV before a computer<http://www.srch-results.com/lm/rtl.asp?k=a%20computer>decided I could drive home. This conspiracy theorydebunker smells a connection to the Watch List.

I know what I will do. If my name is not removedcompletely from the Watch List in 45 days I will useevery resource I’ve got to challenge the government ofa country that I love and have served. In all thepress about identity theft, I find myself railing athaving my identity as a patriot stolenhttp://americablog.blogspot.com/2005/07/bush-admin-may-be-responsible-for.html

www.juancole.com

Friday, July
15, 2005
The Ghost of Muhammad Naeem Noor Khan

John Aravosis at AmericaBlog brings up the awfulpossibility, based on an ABC report, that the PublicRelations-hungry Bush administration may haveinterfered with a British and Pakistani investigationof an al-Qaeda plot to bomb London that ties into July7.

The question is whether Bush played politics withterror around the time of the Democratic NationalConvention in late July, 2004. Jim Lobe reminded us atthe time that ‘ The New Republic weekly quotedPakistani intelligence officials as saying the WhiteHouse had asked them to announce the arrest or killingof any “high-value [al-Qaeda] target” any time betweenJuly 26 and 28, the first three days of the DemocraticConvention. At the time, former CIA officer RobertBaer said the announcement made “no sense.” “To keepthese guys off-balance, a lot of this stuff should bekept in secret. You get no benefit from announcing anarrest like this.” ‘

In response to White House pressure, the Pakistaniswere in fact able to make an arrest, which wasannounced during the Democratic National Convention.That arrest, of a Tanzanian named Ahmad KhalfanGheilani, in turn led to the capture of Muhammad NaeemNoor Khan, a young computer expert who had oldal-Qaeda documents on his laptop as well as a morerecent archive of email correspondence with al-Qaedain the UK. Among the old data were pre-9/11 plans forattacks in New York and elsewhere.

The Bush administration issued a heightened securityalert just as the Democratic National Convention wasending. Many at the time suspected that thisannouncement was an unsubtle attempt to play to thegeneral public’s perception of Bush as better atfighting terrorists than the Democrats. USA Todaywrote:
“some questioned the timing and tone of Ridge’s Sundaynews conference. Former Democratic presidentialcandidate Howard Dean suggested it might have been aneffort to bump Democratic presidential nominee JohnKerry from the headlines after a convention in Bostonthat focused heavily on his credentials to becommander in chief. “I am concerned that every timesomething happens that’s not good for President Bush,he plays this trump card, which is terrorism,” Deantold CNN. Kerry’s aides have said they do not believethe timing was politically motivated. But otherDemocrats have been quietly grumbling. And thatprompted Ridge to proclaim Tuesday, for the secondtime in less than a month, that “we don’t do politicsin the Department of Homeland Security.” The last timehe said that, he was standing on the Bostonwaterfront, just days before Kerry’s politicalconvention, answering charges he was hyping thepossibility of terrorism around the convention to grabattention from Kerry. Some law enforcement officialsworry that disclosing detailed information would tipoff terrorists and dry up intelligence sources. ButRidge said the public has a right to know. “Thedetail, the sophistication, the thoroughness of thisinformation, if you had access to it, you’d say we didthe right thing,” he said Tuesday. “It’s not aboutpolitics. It’s about confidence in government tellingyou when they get the information.”

The information reported by Ridge was based on datathat was three years old, raising real questions abouthow urgent such an announcement could possibly havebeen and raising further suspicions about the timing.

The announcement set off a frenzy of press interest inthe basis for then Homeland Security secretary TomRidge’s alarm. Either from a Bush administrationsource or from a Pakistani one (each government blamesthe other), they came up with the name of MuhammadNaeem Khan, a recently arrested al-Qaeda operative inPakistan, and published it. But it turns out that thePakistanis and the UK had “turned” Khan and werehaving him be in active email contact with theal-Qaeda network in the UK so as to track them down.
On August 3, the Bush administration released the nameof Abu Eisa Khan, a suspected al-Qaeda operative inthe UK who had been arrested. The motive for thisshocking lapse in security procedure appears to havebeen the desire to trumpet a specific arrest.

All of these public pronouncements by the Americansinfuriated the Pakistani and British police.
For the sake of three year old intelligence, the Bushadministration had helped blow the first inside doubleagent the Pakistanis and the British had everdeveloped. The British had been preparing a set ofindictments and pursuing the investigation, in part byusing Khan. They were forced to move before they wereready. Some suspects escaped on hearing Naeem Khan’sin the media. Of those who were arrested, several hadto be released for lack of evidence against them.

Muhammad Sadique Khan, one of the July 7 bombers, wasapparently connected to one of the suspects undersurveillance in early August, 2004.

It would be really nice to think that Howard Dean’sdark suspicions were unwarranted. But we already sawin summer of 2003 how Karl Rove was willing to damagethe CIA for petty political gain by leaking to thepress the fact that Ambassador Joe Wilson’s wifeworked for that agency. That Rove would have beeneager to use the terror issue to blunt the impact ofthe Democratic National Convention is all tooplausible. If he did so, he may well have gottenpeople killed.

The connection to the Noor Khan plot helps explain whyTony Blair and Jack Straw were so unequivocal aboutJuly 7 having been an al-Qaeda operation so soon afterthe blasts.

6) Best Democracy money can buy:

http://baltimorechronicle.com/070505Miller-Irmus.shtml

RNC VOTE FRAUD?Team Bush Paid Millions to Nathan Sproul—and Tried toHide It
by Mark Crispin Miller and Jared Irmas

In the months before the 2004 presidential election, afirm called Sproul & Associates launched voterregistration drives in at least eight states, most ofthem swing states. The group–run by Nathan Sproul,former head of the Arizona Christian Coalition and theArizona Republican Party–had been hired by theRepublican National Committee.

All the payments by the RNC to Sproul add up to awhopping $8,359,161. Where did all that money comefrom? Why did the RNC suppress their realexpenditures? And what exactly did Sproul do for allthat pay? Sproul got into a bit of trouble last fall when, incertain states, it came out that the firm was playingdirty tricks in order to suppress the Democratic vote:concealing their partisan agenda, tricking Democratsinto registering as Republicans, surreptitiouslyre-registering Democrats and Independents asRepublicans, and shredding Democratic registrationforms.

The scandal got a moderate amount of local coverage insome states–and then the election was over. Nowanyone who brought up Nathan Sproul, or any of theother massive crimes and improprieties committed on orprior to Election Day, was shrugged off as a dealer in”conspiracy theory.”

It seems that Sproul did quite a lot of work for theRepublicans. Exactly how much did he do?

Morespecifically, how much did the RNC pay Sproul &Associates;?

If you went online last week to look up how much moneySproul received from the Republicans in 2004, youwould have found that, according to the party (whosefigures had been posted by the Center for ResponsivePolitics), the firm was paid $488,957.

In fact, the RNC paid Sproul a great deal more thanthat. From an independent study of the original datafiled by the Republicans with the Federal ElectionCommission, it is clear that Sproul was paid astaggering $8.3 million for its work against theDemocrats.

How the true figures came to be revealedOn Dec. 3, 2004, the Republican National Committeefiled their Post-General Report with the FEC,accounting for all expenditures between Oct. 14 andNov. 22.Among the Itemized Disbursements there were listed sixexpenditures to Sproul & Associates, amounting to atotal sum of $4.5 million. Three of them were for”Political Consulting,” and
the other three were for”Voter Registration Costs.” The RNC paid Sproul thebiggest amount on the day before the election:$1,668,733.

On Jan. 7, 2005 and again on May 3, 2005, the RNC sentin revised reports. Those items were unchanged in allof them.

After they received the RNC’s second revised report,the FEC expressed dissatisfaction with the vaguephrase “Voter Registration Costs.” In a May 18 letterto Michael Retzer, Treasurer of the RNC, the FECrequested that itemized disbursements labeled thus befurther clarified.

On June 17, the RNC submitted a (third) revisedreport. In it, those three suspicious Sproulexpenditures labeled “Voter Registration Costs” hadbeen changed to “Political Consulting.” As a”clarification,” it was as vague as possible. Althoughit only raised more questions, there seems to be noletter in the FEC database concerning that unedifyingcorrection.

Moreover, there are some big surprises buried in thepaperwork. It turned out that the RNC paid Sproul notonly for their pre-election work, but also paid themfor work after the election. According to theirYear-End Report, filed on Jan. 28, 2005, the RNC paidSproul for “Political Consulting” in December–longafter all the voter registration drives had ended.

And two months later, when the RNC filed their amendedYear-End Report on May 3, the dates of those Decemberexpenditures mysteriously changed. A payment of$210,176, once made on Dec. 20, was changed to Dec.22. A payment of $344,214, initially recorded on Dec.22, was changed to Dec. 9.

As to why Sproul was being paid in December, and whythe dates were changed, one can only speculate. But itmay be worth noting that the Ohio recount took placefrom Dec. 13 through Dec. 28.

Because these amendments were made in 2005, the Centerfor Responsive Politics’ website mistakenly allocatedthat money to the 2006 cycle. When we informed them ofthese missing numbers yesterday, CRP was quick toadjust them. They also included two more expenditures:a $323,907 payment for more “Political Consulting”(10/12/04) and $450,257 for “Mailing Costs”(10/04/04).

And there was more–much more.

Fuzzy mathThe documents also suggest that the RNC may havechanged the dates of nine payments to suggestexpenditures in 2005, thereby shifting focus from the2004 election.In going through the documents, CRP located nineexpenditures from the future: Sproul somehow receiveda total of $1,323,154 between Sept. 2 and Sept. 29,2005. Another $472,642 is hidden in 2005. Four ofthose prospective items were (or will be) for “GenericMedia Buys” or “Lodging, Transportation.” The otherfour are (or will be) for “Voter RegistrationEfforts”–surely an expense incurred in September oflast year, not this year.

Larry Noble, executive director of CRP, considers suchfuture expenditures for, say, “Lodging,Transportation” rather odd, but he gives the RNC thebenefit of the doubt. “My guess is that it’s anerror,” he suggests. “It’s possible that they’recleaning up voter registration lists in September, butit’s also possible they made a mistake.”

Even if that mistaken date is just a typo, it is, tosay the least, not likely that they made the samemistake in nine uniquely dated items for 2004.

In any case, all the payments by the RNC to Sproul addup to a whopping $8,359,161–making it the RNC’seighth biggest expenditure of the 2004 campaign.

Sproul is currently under investigation by the OregonAttorney General’s office, for altering the voterregistration forms of several thousand students inthat state. Whether the new numbers are in partmistaken, they represent a huge expense for theRepublicans. Given Sproul’s history of seriouselectoral mischief, affecting countless Democraticvoters in the last election, it is important that weask some sober questions: Where did all that moneycome from? Why did the RNC suppress their realexpenditures? And what exactly did Sproul do for allthat pay? If we’re going to get some reasonableanswers, the FEC must undertake a very thorough auditof the books.

——————————————————

Mark Crispin Miller, a professor of culture andcommunication at New York University, is author ofseveral books, including Boxed In: The Culture of TV,Mad Scientists: The Secret History of ModernPropaganda, The Bush Dyslexicon and Cruel and Unusual:Bush/Cheney’s New World Order. Jared Irmas is a juniorat New York University. Additional reporting by JohnBrakey.

Published by the Baltimore Chronicle with permissionof the authors. Originally published on Thursday,
June30, 2005 at News From Underground

7) Here’s an interesting spin off story from the London bombings:

Turkish PM denounces BBC, Reuters over Kurd rebel label

ANKARA, July 14 (Reuters) – Turkish Prime Minister Tayyip Erdogan on Thursday denounced British-based news organisations the BBC and Reuters for not describing the armed separatist Kurdistan Workers Party (PKK) as a terrorist group. Erdogan, speaking to the Ankara Chamber of Industry after observing a two-minute silence for the victims of last week’s bomb attacks in London, warned against double standards in tackling terrorism in Turkey and in Britain. “I condemn and curse two important global television and media companies, BBC and Reuters, for both declaring the PKK terror group in Turkey to be a militia,” Erdogan said. “I call on the global media to show an objective stance at this point. If this mentality continues, they should know that the terror which strikes Turkey and the children of this country today will strike them tomorrow, and will cause them pain.” His comments were met by applause from Chamber of Industry delegates. The PKK took up arms against the Turkish state in 1984, demanding Kurdish independence in a conflict that has claimed more than 30,000 lives. Turkish officials have frequently rapped Western media for the way they cover the Kurdish separatist conflict, which is a highly sensitive subject in Turkey. Reuters, the British Broadcasting Corporation and other international news organisations avoid describing armed groups as terrorist, unless the term is attributed, in line with policies of avoiding emotive language. Erdogan, who has driven human rights reforms that helped win Turkey an October start date for European Union entry talks, has often criticised domestic and foreign media on a range of issues but has not previously lashed out so pointedly over the PKK. PKK violence abated after the 1999 capture of PKK leader Abdullah Ocalan, but has been on the rise again since the group called off a unilateral ceasefire in June 2004. Both the United States and the European Union include the PKK on their list of terrorist organisations. Suicide bombers linked to Osama bin Laden’s al Qaeda network struck Jewish and British targets in Istanbul in November 2003, killing more than 60 people. Suicide bombers who struck London last week are also thought to have had al Qaeda connections.

8) Here’s another op-ed on the London bombings:

http://www.guardian.co.uk/attackonlondon/comment/story/0,16141,1528997,00.html

Our leaders must speak up
Failure to oppose the official line creates extremists
Salma Yaqoob
Friday July 15, 2005
The Guardian

When Tony Blair describes the London bombings as aperversion of Islam, I agree. The shoddy theology thatendorses the killing of innocent people must bechallenged. The chilling calculation peddled by somefanatics legitimises innocent deaths as collateraldamage for the higher cause of shattering thecomplacency of western governments and getting westerntroops out of Muslim lands. To sacrifice your life, onthe battlefield or in a suicide bombing, is to achievethe high status of martyr. And the innocent peoplekilled will go to heaven anyway, so their sufferingand that of their loved ones is worth the politicalaim.
Cle
arly this is a convoluted equation, but one we mustpay attention to if we are to get to grips with thethreat that faces all of us in Britain today. What isregrettable is that the more simplistic versionoffered by Tony Blair is setting the parameters ofdebate. According to him the “perversion of Islam”driving a minority of Muslims boils down to this:hatred of the western way of life and freedom meansthat Muslims (wherever they live) should kill and bombpeople to force them to be Islamic. This formulation ensures that any contextualisationwill remain absent. The suffocating consensus alreadyachieved may well protect Blair (how can he permit anylinkage to the Middle East without implying his ownguilt) – but it does not protect ordinary Britishpeople.

Moreover, as British Muslims we must brace ourselvesfor a backlash – coming not from ordinary people, butfrom the need of politicians to deflect attention fromtheir own role in this tragedy.
Because what is undeniable is that the shoddy theology- no matter how “unIslamic” and easily condemned bymost Muslims – is driven by political injustices. Itis the boiling anger and hurt that is shaping theinterpretation of religious texts into such grotesquedistortions. Such extreme interpretations exist onlyin specific political circumstances – they certainlydo not predate them, and the religious/politicalequation breaks down if there is no injustice to driveit.

This leaves British Muslims in a very difficult place.To bring in these wider questions requires them todissent from the government line. This is difficultfor them, keen as they are to avoid furthermarginalisation. However, if Muslim leaders succumb tothe pres sure of censorship and fail to visibly opposethe government on certain foreign policy issues, thegap between the leaders and those they seek torepresent and influence will widen, increasing thepossibility of more dangerous routes being adopted bythe disillusioned.
This cycle of violence has to be broken. By confininganalysis to simple religious terms, however,politicians are asking the impossible of our securityservices as well as Muslim leaders. No number ofsniffer dogs or sermons denouncing the use of violenceagainst innocents can detect and remove the pain andanger that drives extremists to their terrible acts.The truth is that shoddy theology does not existwithout a dodgy foreign policy.

· Salma Yaqoob is national vice-chair of Respect andchair of Birmingham Stop the War Coalition

yaqoobsalma@yahoo.co.uk

9) A true Onion moment — sometimes reality immitatessatire. Note this journalist’s punchline, providedwith brilliant understatement in the form of a closingquote:

http://www.guardian.co.uk/worldlatest/story/0,1280,-5139943,00.html

Fla. Town Officials Apologize Over Song
Thursday July 14, 2005 5:31 AM

DEERFIELD BEACH, Fla. (AP) – City officials apologizedfor playing a song during Fourth of July celebrationsthat was mixed with voiceovers of 911 calls from theSept. 11 terrorist attacks.
About 70,000 people had gathered to celebrate theFourth of July when the song “God Bless the U.S.A.”was played. The version had voices of people recordedduring the terror attacks.

One voice on the mix said, “Oh my God, another planehas just hit.” Another said, “Some of the casualtiesare in the collapsed building.”

People at the celebrations said the mood of the nightchanged when the song was played.

“Everybody was in a really good mood, and all of asudden this cloud of doom,” said Siobhan Mangan.

“Itjust seemed terribly inappropriate.”

Vince Kendrick, the town’s director of parks andrecreation, took responsibility on behalf of cityofficials Tuesday in a written apology. He did notname the employee who put the song in the lineup.

“If it was Memorial Day, no one would have minded,”Kendrick said.

Posted in Uncategorized | 1 Comment

Galloway, Milne, Suicide, London

Happy Bastille Day! Anyone for storming a prison and impaling the head of a prison warden on a pike? Uh, maybe next year…

Today all postings are related to London in one form or another, mostly analyses placing the blame on UK foreign policy. I’ll post other issues tomorrow. I especially recommend the second posting, which argues persuasively why such violence is not random.

1) Galloway is not backing down:

http://www.socialistworker.co.uk/article.php4?article_id=6961

George Galloway: London bomb atrocities are the bitter fruit of Western policies in the Middle East
George Galloway, Respect MP for Bethnal Green & Bow

No one can condone the violence aimed at working people going about their daily lives in London last Thursday. They have not been a party to, nor are they responsible for, the decisions of their government. They are entirely innocent and I, and Respect, condemn those who have killed or injured them.
I spent time at the Royal London hospital in my constituency where the medical staff toiled, without a break, to deal with the casualties. I walked among the emergency workers, including the firefighters from the stations that have had engines taken away from them as economy measures. I have spoken to the transport workers, whose heroism on the day is too rarely recognised and whose questions over the handling of the disaster have yet to be answered. These are all public-sector workers serving the public, not private interests, and they should stay in the public sector.

I have been attacked, from predictable quarters, for speaking out in parliament and in the media last Thursday. But within three hours of the atrocities Tony Blair and George Bush were claiming them as a vindication of their “war on terror”. That cannot be allowed to stand. The primary responsibility for last Thursday’s bloodshed lies with the perpetrators of those acts. However, the acts did not come out of a clear sky.

People killed in explosions by razor-sharp red-hot steel and splintering flying glass die the same death whether they are in London or Fallujah. When the US armed forces, their backs guarded by our armed forces, reduced Fallujah to rubble not a whisper found its way into the House of Commons.

A swamp of hatred towards this country has been watered by the invasion and occupation of Iraq, by the daily destruction of Palestinian homes and by the occupation of Afghanistan. The enmity generated by those great events feeds the terrorism of bin Laden and the other Islamist terrorists. Is that such a controversial point?

When I was on the Labour benches and spoke in the aftermath of 9/11, I said that I despise Osama bin Laden. I have always despised him. I did so when the US and British governments set him to war in Afghanistan in the 1980s. I said nearly four years ago that if they handled 9/11 in the wrong way they would create 10,000 bin Ladens. Does anyone doubt that 10,000 bin Ladens at least have been created by the events of the past few years?

The pictures from Abu Ghraib, the hell of Guantanamo Bay, the daily humiliation of the Palestinians by Ariel Sharon’s forces – all these have contributed to the bitterness against us.

Blair’s government has hitched this country, against the will of the majority of its people, to Bush’s global ambitions. The government says this has nothing to do with Iraq because 9/11 happened before the invasion of that country. But Al Qaida took shape out of the last attack on Iraq, in 1991, and the murderous sanctions regime that followed only gave it another grievance to exploit.

The policies of successive US and British governments had already created manifold grievances. The anti-war movement, and the British government’s own security services, warned that the invasion of Iraq would inflame those grievances and make a terrorist attack in Britain more likely.

Bush and Blair said the war on Iraq would create a safer world – it has not. They said there were weapons of mass destruction – there were not. They said Al Qaida operated there – they did not. But they do now.

If the British government continues with this disastrous policy, greater disasters will follow – to the people of Iraq, to our troops in Iraq and to the citizens of our country. If we bomb them, they will bomb us.

The only way out of this morass is to reverse the policies that have taken us into it. As the Spanish people showed us last year, the way out is to withdraw from Iraq and to break from Bush’s war on terror. It is to address the grievances across the region, not to add to them by support for Israel’s Ariel Sharon, and for the corrupt kings and presidents of Arabia.

If we start to drain the swamp, we can look forward to the day it dries up, when the monsters that lurk in it will have nothing to feed on.

——————————————————
George Galloway was the only MP to challenge the consensus in parliament in the debates last Thursday following the bombings. You can find the record of his speech on Hansard <http://tinyurl.com/744tw>
_____________________________________________

2) This analysis makes a lot of sense — and note the publication source:

http://amconmag.com/2005_07_18/article.html

The Logic of Suicide Terrorism
It’s the occupation, not the fundamentalism

Last month, Scott McConnell caught up with Associate Professor Robert Pape of the University of Chicago, whose book on suicide terrorism, Dying to Win, is beginning to receive wide notice. Pape has found that the most common American perceptions about who the terrorists are and what motivates them are off by a wide margin. In his office is the world’s largest database of information about suicide terrorists, rows and rows of manila folders containing articles and biographical snippets in dozens of languages compiled by Pape and teams of graduate students, a trove of data that has been sorted and analyzed and which underscores the great need for reappraising the Bush administration’s current strategy. Below are excerpts from a conversation with the man who knows more about suicide terrorists than any other American.

By Scott McConnell

07/11/05 “American Conservative” – – : Your new book, Dying to Win, has a subtitle: The Logic of Suicide Terrorism. Can you just tell us generally on what the book is based, what kind of research went into it, and what your findings were?

Robert Pape: Over the past two years, I have collected the first complete database of every suicide-terrorist attack around the world from 1980 to early 2004. This research is conducted not only in English but also in native-language sources—Arabic, Hebrew, Russian, and Tamil, and others—so that we can gather information not only from newspapers but also from products from the terrorist community. The terrorists are often quite proud of what they do in their local communities, and they produce albums and all kinds of other information that can be very helpful to understand suicide-terrorist attacks.

This wealth of information creates a new picture about what is motivating suicide terrorism. Islamic fundamentalism is not as closely associated with suicide terrorism as many people think. The world leader in suicide terrorism is a group that you may not be familiar with: the Tamil Tigers in Sri Lanka.

This is a Marxist group, a completely secular group that draws from the Hindu families of the Tamil regions of the country. They invented the famous suicide vest for their suicide assassination of Rajiv Ghandi in May
1991. The Palestinians got the idea of the suicide vest from the Tamil Tigers.

TAC: S
o if Islamic fundamentalism is not necessarily a key variable behind these groups, what is?

RP: The central fact is that overwhelmingly suicide-terrorist attacks are not driven by religion as much as they are by a clear strategic objective: to compel modern democracies to withdraw military forces from the territory that the terrorists view as their homeland. From Lebanon to Sri Lanka to Chechnya to Kashmir to the West Bank, every major suicide-terrorist campaign—over 95 percent of all the incidents—has had as its central objective to compel a democratic state to withdraw.

TAC: That would seem to run contrary to a view that one heard during the American election campaign, put forth by people who favor Bush’s policy. That is, we need to fight the terrorists over there, so we don’t have to fight them here.

RP: Since suicide terrorism is mainly a response to foreign occupation and not Islamic fundamentalism, the use of heavy military force to transform Muslim societies over there, if you would, is only likely to increase the number of suicide terrorists coming at us.

Since 1990, the United States has stationed tens of thousands of ground troops on the Arabian Peninsula, and that is the main mobilization appeal of Osama bin Laden and al-Qaeda. People who make the argument that it is a good thing to have them attacking us over there are missing that suicide terrorism is not a supply-limited phenomenon where there are just a few hundred around the world willing to do it because they are religious fanatics. It is a demand-driven phenomenon. That is, it is driven by the presence of foreign forces on the territory that the terrorists view as their homeland. The operation in Iraq has stimulated suicide terrorism and has given suicide terrorism a new lease on life.

TAC: If we were to back up a little bit before the invasion of Iraq to what happened before 9/11, what was the nature of the agitprop that Osama bin Laden and al-Qaeda were putting out to attract people?

RP: Osama bin Laden’s speeches and sermons run 40 and 50 pages long. They begin by calling tremendous attention to the presence of tens of thousands of American combat forces on the Arabian Peninsula.
In 1996, he went on to say that there was a grand plan by the United States—that the Americans were going to use combat forces to conquer Iraq, break it into three pieces, give a piece of it to Israel so that Israel could enlarge its country, and then do the same thing to Saudi Arabia. As you can see, we are fulfilling his prediction, which is of tremendous help in his mobilization appeals.

TAC: The fact that we had troops stationed on the Arabian Peninsula was not a very live issue in American debate at all. How many Saudis and other people in the Gulf were conscious of it?

RP: We would like to think that if we could keep a low profile with our troops that it would be okay to station them in foreign countries. The truth is, we did keep a fairly low profile. We did try to keep them away from Saudi society in general, but the key issue with American troops is their actual combat power. Tens of thousands of American combat troops, married with air power, is a tremendously powerful tool.

Now, of course, today we have 150,000 troops on the Arabian Peninsula, and we are more in control of the Arabian Peninsula than ever before.

TAC: If you were to break down causal factors, how much weight would you put on a cultural rejection of the West and how much weight on the presence of American troops on Muslim territory?

RP: The evidence shows that the presence of American troops is clearly the pivotal factor driving suicide terrorism.

If Islamic fundamentalism were the pivotal factor, then we should see some of the largest Islamic fundamentalist countries in the world, like Iran, which has 70 million people—three times the population of Iraq and three times the population of Saudi Arabia—with some of the most active groups in suicide terrorism against the United States. However, there has never been an al-Qaeda suicide terrorist from Iran, and we have no evidence that there are any suicide terrorists in Iraq from Iran.

Sudan is a country of 21 million people. Its government is extremely Islamic fundamentalist. The ideology of Sudan was so congenial to Osama bin Laden that he spent three years in Sudan in the 1990s. Yet there has never been an al-Qaeda suicide terrorist from Sudan.

I have the first complete set of data on every al-Qaeda suicide terrorist from 1995 to early 2004, and they are not from some of the largest Islamic fundamentalist countries in the world. Two thirds are from the countries where the United States has stationed heavy combat troops since 1990.

Another point in this regard is Iraq itself. Before our invasion, Iraq never had a suicide-terrorist attack in its history. Never. Since our invasion, suicide terrorism has been escalating rapidly with 20 attacks in 2003, 48 in 2004, and over 50 in just the first five months of 2005. Every year that the United States has stationed 150,000 combat troops in Iraq, suicide terrorism has doubled.

TAC: So your assessment is that there are more suicide terrorists or potential suicide terrorists today than there were in March 2003?

RP: I have collected demographic data from around the world on the 462 suicide terrorists since 1980 who completed the mission, actually killed themselves. This information tells us that most are walk-in volunteers. Very few are criminals. Few are actually longtime members of a terrorist group. For most suicide terrorists, their first experience with violence is their very own suicide-terrorist attack.

There is no evidence there were any suicide-terrorist organizations lying in wait in Iraq before our invasion. What is happening is that the suicide terrorists have been produced by the invasion.

TAC: Do we know who is committing suicide terrorism in Iraq? Are they primarily Iraqis or walk-ins from other countries in the region?

RP: Our best information at the moment is that the Iraqi suicide terrorists are coming from two groups—Iraqi Sunnis and Saudis—the two populations most vulnerable to transformation by the presence of large American combat troops on the Arabian Peninsula. This is perfectly consistent with the strategic logic of suicide terrorism.

TAC: Does al-Qaeda have the capacity to launch attacks on the United States, or are they too tied down in Iraq? Or have they made a strategic decision not to attack the United States, and if so, why?

RP: Al-Qaeda appears to have made a deliberate decision not to attack the United States in the short term. We know this not only from the pattern of their attacks but because we have an actual al-Qaeda planning document found by Norwegian intelligence. The document says that al-Qaeda should not try to attack the continent of the United States in the short term but instead should focus its energies on hitting America’s allies in order to try to split the coalition.

What the document then goes on to do is analyze whether they should hit Britain, Poland, or Spain. It concludes that they should hit Spain just before the March 2004 elections because, and I am quoting almost verbatim: Spain could not withstand two, maximum three, blows before withdrawing from the coalition, and then others would fall like dominoes.

That is exactly what happened. Six months after the document was produced, al-Qaeda attacked Spain in Madrid. That caused Spain to withdraw from the coalition. Others have followed. So al-Qaeda certainly has demonstrated the capacity to attack and in fact they have done over 15 suicide-terrorist attacks since 2002, more than all the years before 9/11 combined. Al-Qaeda is not weaker now. Al-Qaeda is stronger.

TAC: What would constitute a victory in the War on Terror or at least an improvement in the American situation?

RP: For us, victory means not sacrificing any
of our vital interests while also not having Americans vulnerable to suicide-terrorist attacks. In the case of the Persian Gulf, that means we should pursue a strategy that secures our interest in oil but does not encourage the rise of a new generation of suicide terrorists.
In the 1970s and the 1980s, the United States secured its interest in oil without stationing a single combat soldier on the Arabian Peninsula. Instead, we formed an alliance with Iraq and Saudi Arabia, which we can now do again. We relied on numerous aircraft carriers off the coast of the Arabian Peninsula, and naval air power now is more effective not less. We also built numerous military bases so that we could move large numbers of ground forces to the region quickly if a crisis emerged.

That strategy, called “offshore balancing,” worked splendidly against Saddam Hussein in 1990 and is again our best strategy to secure our interest in oil while preventing the rise of more suicide terrorists.

TAC: Osama bin Laden and other al-Qaeda leaders also talked about the “Crusaders-Zionist alliance,” and I wonder if that, even if we weren’t in Iraq, would not foster suicide terrorism. Even if the policy had helped bring about a Palestinian state, I don’t think that would appease the more hardcore opponents of Israel.

RP: I not only study the patterns of where suicide terrorism has occurred but also where it hasn’t occurred. Not every foreign occupation has produced suicide terrorism. Why do some and not others? Here is where religion matters, but not quite in the way most people think. In virtually every instance where an occupation has produced a suicide-terrorist campaign, there has been a religious difference between the occupier and the occupied community. That is true not only in places such as Lebanon and in Iraq today but also in Sri Lanka, where it is the Sinhala Buddhists who are having a dispute with the Hindu Tamils.

When there is a religious difference between the occupier and the occupied, that enables terrorist leaders to demonize the occupier in especially vicious ways. Now, that still requires the occupier to be there. Absent the presence of foreign troops, Osama bin Laden could make his arguments but there wouldn’t be much reality behind them. The reason that it is so difficult for us to dispute those arguments is because we really do have tens of thousands of combat soldiers sitting on the Arabian Peninsula.

TAC: Has the next generation of anti-American suicide terrorists already been created? Is it too late to wind this down, even assuming your analysis is correct and we could de-occupy Iraq?

RP: Many people worry that once a large number of suicide terrorists have acted that it is impossible to wind it down. The history of the last 20 years, however, shows the opposite. Once the occupying forces withdraw from the homeland territory of the terrorists, they often stop—and often on a dime.

In Lebanon, for instance, there were 41 suicide-terrorist attacks from 1982 to 1986, and after the U.S. withdrew its forces, France withdrew its forces, and then Israel withdrew to just that six-mile buffer zone of Lebanon, they virtually ceased. They didn’t completely stop, but there was no campaign of suicide terrorism. Once Israel withdrew from the vast bulk of Lebanese territory, the suicide terrorists did not follow Israel to Tel Aviv.

This is also the pattern of the second Intifada with the Palestinians. As Israel is at least promising to withdraw from Palestinian-controlled territory (in addition to some other factors), there has been a decline of that ferocious suicide-terrorist campaign. This is just more evidence that withdrawal of military forces really does diminish the ability of the terrorist leaders to recruit more suicide terrorists.

That doesn’t mean that the existing suicide terrorists will not want to keep going. I am not saying that Osama bin Laden would turn over a new leaf and suddenly vote for George Bush. There will be a tiny number of people who are still committed to the cause, but the real issue is not whether Osama bin Laden exists. It is whether anybody listens to him. That is what needs to come to an end for Americans to be safe from suicide terrorism.

TAC: There have been many kinds of non-Islamic suicide terrorists, but have there been Christian suicide terrorists?

RP: Not from Christian groups per se, but in Lebanon in the 1980s, of those suicide attackers, only eight were Islamic fundamentalists. Twenty-seven were Communists and Socialists. Three were Christians.

TAC: Has the IRA used suicide terrorism?

RP: The IRA did not. There were IRA members willing to commit suicide—the famous hunger strike was in 1981. What is missing in the IRA case is not the willingness to commit suicide, to kill themselves, but the lack of a suicide-terrorist attack where they try to kill others.

If you look at the pattern of violence in the IRA, almost all of the killing is front-loaded to the 1970s and then trails off rather dramatically as you get through the mid-1980s through the 1990s. There is a good reason for that, which is that the British government, starting in the mid-1980s, began to make numerous concessions to the IRA on the basis of its ordinary violence. In fact, there were secret negotiations in the 1980s, which then led to public negotiations, which then led to the Good Friday Accords. If you look at the pattern of the IRA, this is a case where they actually got virtually everything that they wanted through ordinary violence.

The purpose of a suicide-terrorist attack is not to die. It is the kill, to inflict the maximum number of casualties on the target society in order to compel that target society to put pressure on its government to change policy. If the government is already changing policy, then the whole point of suicide terrorism, at least the way it has been used for the last 25 years, doesn’t come up.

TAC: Are you aware of any different strategic decision made by al-Qaeda to change from attacking American troops or ships stationed at or near the Gulf to attacking American civilians in the United States?

RP: I wish I could say yes because that would then make the people reading this a lot more comfortable.
The fact is not only in the case of al-Qaeda, but in suicide-terrorist campaigns in general, we don’t see much evidence that suicide-terrorist groups adhere to a norm of attacking military targets in some circumstances and civilians in others.

In fact, we often see that suicide-terrorist groups routinely attack both civilian and military targets, and often the military targets are off-duty policemen who are unsuspecting. They are not really prepared for battle.
The reasons for the target selection of suicide terrorists appear to be much more based on operational rather than normative criteria. They appear to be looking for the targets where they can maximize the number of casualties.

In the case of the West Bank, for instance, there is a pattern where Hamas and Islamic Jihad use ordinary guerrilla attacks, not suicide attacks, mainly to attack settlers. They use suicide attacks to penetrate into Israel proper. Over 75 percent of all the suicide attacks in the second Intifada were against Israel proper and only 25 percent on the West Bank itself.

TAC: What do you think the chances are of a weapon of mass destruction being used in an American city?

RP: I think it depends not exclusively, but heavily, on how long our combat forces remain in the Persian Gulf. The central motive for anti-American terrorism, suicide terrorism, and catastrophic terrorism is response to foreign occupation, the presence of our troops. The longer our forces stay on the ground in the Arabian Peninsula, the greater the risk of the next 9/11, whether that is a suicide attack, a nuclear attack, or a biological attack.

Copyright © 2005 The American Conservative

3) Seumas Milne backs up Galloway:

http://www.guardian.co.uk/attackonlondon/comment/story/0,16141,1528127,00.html

It is an insult to the dead to deny the link with Iraq

Tony Blair put his own people at risk in the serviceof a foreign power

Seumas Milne Thursday July 14, 2005The Guardian

In the grim days since last week’s bombing of London,the bulk of Britain’s political class and media hasdistinguished itself by a wilful and dangerous refusalto face up to reality. Just as it was brandedunpatriotic in the US after the 2001 attacks on NewYork and Washington to talk about the link withAmerican policy in the Middle East, so those who haveraised the evident connection between the Londonatrocities and Britain’s role in Iraq and Afghanistanhave been denounced as traitors. And anyone who hasquestioned Tony Blair’s echo of George Bush’s fatefulwords on September 11 that this was an assault onfreedom and our way of life has been treated as anapologist for terror.

But while some allowance could be made in the Americancase for the shock of the attacks, the London bombingswere one of the most heavily trailed events in modernBritish history. We have been told repeatedly sincethe prime minister signed up to Bush’s war on terrorthat an attack on Britain was a certainty – and havehad every opportunity to work out why that might be.Throughout the Afghan and Iraq wars, there has been astring of authoritative warnings about the certainboost it would give to al-Qaida-style terror groups.The only surprise was that the attacks were so longcoming.But when the newly elected Respect MP George Galloway- who might be thought to have some locus on thesubject, having overturned a substantial New Labourmajority over Iraq in a London constituency with alarge Muslim population – declared that Londoners hadpaid the price of a “despicable act” for thegovernment’s failure to heed those warnings, he wasaccused by defence minister Adam Ingram of “dippinghis poisonous tongue in a pool of blood”. Yesterday,the Liberal Democrat leader Charles Kennedy was in thedock for a far more tentative attempt to question thissuffocating consensus. Even Ken Livingstone, who hadhimself warned of the danger posed to London by aninvasion of Iraq, has now claimed the bombings werenothing to do with the war – something he clearly doesnot believe.

A week on from the London outrage, this officialotherworldliness is once again in full flood, asministers and commentators express astonishment thatcricket-playing British-born Muslims from suburbiacould have become suicide bombers, while Blair blamesan “evil ideology”. The truth is that no amount ofcondemnation of evil and self-righteous resolutenesswill stop terror attacks in the future. Respect forthe victims of such atrocities is supposed to precludeopen discussion of their causes in the aftermath – butthat is precisely when honest debate is most needed.

The wall of silence in the US after the much greatercarnage of 9/11 allowed the Bush administration to seta course that has been a global disaster. And there islittle sense in London that the official attitudereflects the more uncertain mood on the streets. Thereis every need for the kind of public mourning thatwill take place in London today, along with concertedaction to halt the backlash against Muslim Britonsthat claimed its first life in Nottingham at theweekend. But it is an insult to the dead to misleadpeople about the crucial factors fuelling this deadlyrage in Muslim communities across the world.

The first piece of disinformation long peddled bychampions of the occupations of Iraq and Afghanistanis that al-Qaida and its supporters have no demandsthat could possibly be met or negotiated over; thatthey are really motivated by a hatred of westernfreedoms and way of life; and that their Islamistideology aims at global domination. The reality wasneatly summed up this week in a radio exchange betweenthe BBC’s political editor, Andrew Marr, and itssecurity correspondent, Frank Gardner, who was leftdisabled by an al-Qaida attack in Saudi Arabia lastyear. Was it the “very diversity, that melting potaspect of London” that Islamist extremists found sooffensive that they wanted to kill innocent civiliansin Britain’s capital, Marr wondered. “No, it’s notthat,” replied Gardner briskly, who is betteracquainted with al-Qaida thinking than most. “Whatthey find offensive are the policies of westerngovernments and specifically the presence of westerntroops in Muslim lands, notably Iraq and Afghanistan.”

The central goal of the al-Qaida-inspired campaign, asits statements have regularly spelled out, is thewithdrawal of US and other western forces from theArab and Muslim world, an end to support for Israelioccupation of Palestinian land and a halt to supportfor oil-lubricated despots throughout the region.Those are also goals that unite an overwhelmingmajority of Muslims in the Middle East and elsewhereand give al-Qaida and its allies the chance to recruitand operate – in a way that their extreme religiousconservatism or dreams of restoring the medievalcaliphate never would. As even Osama bin Laden askedin his US election-timed video: if it was westernfreedom al-Qaida hated, “Why do we not strike Sweden?”
The second disinformation line peddled by governmentsupporters since last week’s bombings is that theLondon attacks had nothing to do with Iraq. The LabourMP Tony Wright insisted that such an idea was “notonly nonsense, but dangerous nonsense”. Blair hasargued that, since the 9/11 attacks predated the Iraqwar, outrage at the aggression could not have been thetrigger. It’s perfectly true that Muslim anger overPalestine, western-backed dictatorships and theaftermath of the 1991 war against Iraq – US troops inArabia and a murderous sanctions regime against Iraq -was already intense before 2001 and fuelled al-Qaida’scampaign in the 1990s. But that was aimed at the US,not Britain, which only became a target when Blairbacked Bush’s war on terror. Afghanistan made a terrorattack on Britain a likelihood; Iraq made it acertainty.

We can’t of course be sure of the exact balance ofmotivations that drove four young suicide bombers tostrike last Thursday, but we can be certain that thebloodbath unleashed by Bush and Blair in Iraq – wherea 7/7 takes place every day – was at the very leastone of them. What they did was not “home grown”, butdriven by a worldwide anger at US-led domination andoccupation of Muslim countries.

The London bombers were to blame for attacks oncivilians that are neither morally nor politicallydefensible. But the prime minister – who was warned byBritish intelligence of the risks in the run-up to thewar – is also responsible for knowingly putting hisown people at risk in the service of a foreign power.The security crackdowns and campaign to uproot an”evil ideology” the government announced yesterdaywill not extinguish the threat. Only a Britishcommitment to end its role in the bloody occupationsof Iraq and Afghanistan is likely to do that.

s.milne@guardian.co.uk

4) Another analysis, in a similar spirit:

http://www.ericmargolis.com/archives/2005/07/the_horror_in_l.php

The Horror In LondonBy Eric Margolis

07/11/05 “Foreign Correspondent” – – LONDON – After the worst bombings in London’s recent history, a determined Prime Minister Tony Blair declared: `The purpose of terrorism is just that – it is to terrorize people and we will not be terrorized.’

Blair spoke for all Britons. In the crowds milling about central London right after the four bombings, I saw people who were dazed, confused, and edgy, but there was no fear or mass panic. Britons rise to their fullest measure in adversity. And so they did on 7/7, their smaller version of America’s 9/11.

On the e
ve of the bombing, I had, along with thousands of other Londerners, ridden the two Underground Lines that were attacked. As I did so, I mused about the omnipresent danger posed by London’s extremely deep, narrow and poorly ventilated subway tunnels. My fears were amply confirmed fourteen hours later at King’s Cross station where trains became trapped far underground.

London’s emergency service functioned brilliantly treating the at least 52 dead and 700 wounded. There was none of the chaos or flag-waving patriotism we saw after 9/11 in New York. Britons uniformly exhibited stiff upper lips, coolness, and the good manners for which they are deservedly respected. I was very proud of them.

The bombings paralyzed London during morning rush hour, but by afternoon the city’s trademark red busses were again careening around corners and underground service partly resuming. There were no witch hunts or calls for revenge against London’s Muslims, 10% of that great city’s population.

A senior British police official made a point of declaring there is no reason why the words `Islamic’ and `terrorist’ should go together, even though Blair had just linked them.

The police official was right. The terrorists who struck London on 7/7 may have been Mideast, Pakistani or British Muslims, but their motivation was entirely political, not religious.

Britain’s most outspoken, controversial and, many would say, courageous MP, George Galloway, ignored the outpouring of platitudes from British and G8 politicians over the bombings and identified the real reason: `Londerners paid the price for Tony Blair’s decision to go to war in Iraq and Afghanistan.’

A hitherto unknown group called European al-Qaida affirmed the transit attacks were indeed revenge for Britain’s invasion of Afghanistan and Iraq. You can’t expect to invade other nations without getting some form of return fire.

Iraq and Afghanistan’s regimes were too feeble to resist US-British invasion, and quickly crumbled. But angry Mideasterners and Afghans have launched their own privatized war to counter-attack the west for its invasions of their nations. Lacking any modern arms or military organization they resort to their only major weapon, bombs – the poor man’s cruise missiles.

We are horrified that anyone would attack innocent civilians packed in subway cars. But the extremists and fanatics who do so say they are exacting revenge for the 500,000 Iraqi civilians who died, (confirmed by the UN), from the ten year US-British embargo of Iraq. For the criminal destruction in 1991 of Iraq’s water and sewage treatment plants that cause massive cholera and typhoid. Or for the occupation of Iraq and destruction of the city of Falluja that killed tens of thousands more civilians, and, of course, for Palestine.
We saw the frightful TV footage from the London bombing but no footage at all of the destruction of an entire Afghan village just days before by the US Air Force.

I am not in any way justifying terror attacks, only putting them into context. I believe US and British military forces do not target civilians – though this has happened far too often – but in the end what they term `collateral damage’ means many dead civilians.

When we kill them in droves, some of them will strike back. Calling on such avengers to fight fair is a waste of time. Claiming these extremists attacked because they hate our western way of life, as Bush and Blair have done, is dishonest. They attacked us because we have been attacking them.

As Tony Blair rightly said, murdering civilians on their way to work is `barbaric.’ But so is dropping bombs on Afghan or Iraqi villages, using tanks to crush Palestinian demonstrators, or the slaughter of 100,000 Chechen civilians by our ally, Russia.

The London bombing was clearly designed to humiliate President George Bush, who had declared his co-called `war on terror’ almost won.

If bin Laden was behind the attack, it showed America’s nemesis was still alive and dangerous. But the relatively modest number of casualties suggested this might not have been a bin Laden operation but one carried out by a new, like-minded extremist group. The attacks came embarrassingly right after Tony Blair had assured Olympic officials Britain’s security was solid.

The bombers may have come from among Europe’s 20-million strong Muslim community, or were perhaps angry, radicalized British youths of Mideast or Pakistani origin.

We do know the head of British counter-intelligence, MI5, just reported to Prime Minister Blair, `Iraq is producing a new generation of militants,’ replacing the former role of Afghanistan. CIA leaked a similar report last month. In other words, the US invasion of Iraq, which Bush now claims was designed to end terrorism, has back-fired badly and produces more extremists than ever.

Al-Qaida has gone from being a small, isolated organization into a hydra-headed transnational movement whose power and danger is growing.

So the bloody week of 7/7 should have made the G8 summit turn from pop star evangelism about saving Africa from itself to asking what the western powers can do about those hothouses now germinating anti-western violence, Iraq, Palestine and Afghanistan.

Copyright Eric S. Margolis 2005

5) Another analysis, in the same spirit:

http://www.counterpunch.org/atzmon07072005.htmlhttp://www.counterpunch.org/atzmon07072005.html

July 7, 2005

The Message of TerrorLondon’s BurningBy GILAD ATZMON*

We are used to seeing images of horrors from the Iraqi capital. For most Londoners and Britons, those images are nothing more than a remote call from a foreign country. Somehow, most of us have managed to forget that it is basically our government who is responsible for the continued horror in Iraq.

Today’s images of horror are coming from London, seemingly, Baghdad and London appear to share a very similar fate.

I am sitting in my front room watching BBC 24 learning that the metropolitan police and the emergency services are operating according to a plan. Clearly they all anticipated such an attack. A government that is fully engaged in some criminal colonialist activity better prepare its voters for the outcome of its policies. A minute ago I heard Tony Blair telling the nation that ‘our’ determination to defend ‘our values’ of life is greater than ‘their’ determination to cause death and destruction. I ask myself, what values is he referring to? Surely the continuation of the robbery of Arab oil is a major value for Blair but it isn’t my value. Tony Blair, a man who initiated a war without UN backing, a man with blood on his hands wants us to believe that he is really concerned about African poverty and climate changes.

Whether we like it or not, we must admit that Terror is a message and we better learn to listen to it attentively:
First, it tells us that we are as vulnerable as anyone else.

Second, it tells us that we may have to let other people live their life according to their values and beliefs.
Third, it tells us that we must never again give our votes to war criminals.

More than anything else it tells us that we have a moral duty. It is down to us to stop our governments. It is our duty to stand up and to demand the resignation of Blair who is responsible for the death of so many Iraqis and arguably now many Innocent Britons. We must remember that voting in a non-ethical politician makes us all into active shareholders in a criminal company.

We know already that both in America and Israel the consequences of terror led the general public towards an endorsement of right wing zealously. I do hope that the British people will follow the Spanish public’s reaction. Warmongers and militant aggre
ssors must be ousted from our political climate. Only then peace will prevail.

6) On the bus bombing’s location:

http://www.guardian.co.uk/attackonlondon/comment/story/0,16141,1526575,00.html

Story of a street

It gave birth to the nuclear bomb, was home to Yeatsand Dickens and withstood the Blitz. But from now on aLondon street that begins at the Strand and ends inHampstead, will evoke the image of a mangled number 30bus. John Lanchester says the bombers will not hijackthe memories of his favourite street

Tuesday July 12, 2005The Guardian

No street in London changes its name as often in asshort a space as the one which starts at the BBC’soverseas broadasting centre Bush House, just aroundthe corner from the Strand. The street begins, below abad piece of sculpture by the American artist MalvinaHoffman depicting Anglo-American friendship, as thecharacterless, traffic-despoiled Kingsway. A couple ofhundred metres later, at the perma-jammed crossroadswith Holborn, it is reborn as Southampton Row. Abouttwo hundred metres ahead it becomes the pretty buthorribly polluted Russell Square, then turns brieflyinto Woburn Place, then leafy Tavistock Square, thenUpper Woburn Place, shortest-lived of its many names,for a scant hundred metres, before becoming grimEversholt Street, then manic Camden High Street, thengrimy Chalk Farm Road, before growing slowly posher asit climbs Haverstock Hill and becomes Rosslyn Hill andthen Hamptstead High Street. Once you’ve noticed this,its hard not to be amused by it, and to take it as anexample of the crowded specificity of London – atribute to the city’s sheer amount of history, oflives, of human density.

One of the most important moments in human historyhappened in this street, on September 12 1933.

TheHungarian physicist Leo Szilard was standing waitingfor a light to change at the point where SouthamptonRow becomes Russell Square. That morning, the papershad reported a British Association speech by ErnestRutherford, concerning the splitting of atomic nuclei.The 33-year-old Szilard, a friend and colleague ofEinstein’s – they had patented an unusable butingenious new kind of magnet-powered fridge – had beenthinking deeply on the subject.When the green signal came and Slizard moved,something about that moment of stepping off the kerbput an idea into his head: what would happen ifneutrons were smashed into the nuclei of atoms in away that released two neutrons from the second atom?You would get two neutrons for the price of one, andif those two neutrons did the same, then you’d havefour, and then four for eight, and so on, and veryquickly “it might be possible to set up a nuclearchain reaction, liberate energy on an industrialscale, and construct atomic bombs”. And all this cameto Szilard in one blinding revelation, as he crossedSouthampton Row, the street where the atom bomb wasborn. Whoever it was planted that bomb on the number30 bus had a terrible idea, one designed to bringnothing but grief. But their visions, however dark,are not as dark as some things that have already cometo the world from Southampton Row.

I spent six years working on the long street, in theBMA building on Tavistock Square, and would oftenthink of Szilard when I walked down past RussellSquare. There’s no plaque – and I’m not sure thatSzilard would have wanted one, given how stronglypacifistic he came to feel once he had worked out,long before anyone else, the moral and politicalconsequences of his own discovery. (He pulled everystring he could, unsuccessfully, to try to get ameeting with President Truman to warn him of theinevitability of an arms race if America dropped thebomb.) Szilard was a good man, a utopian well-wishermotivated only by a desire to being peace andprosperity, who learned the hard way that history isdominated by unforeseen consequences.
Iris Murdoch’s great line, in her novel Under the Net,was that “some parts of London are necessary, othersare contingent”. This is still true, I think, with theproviso that the necessary and contingent parts ofLondon can swap roles over time. (Who now would thinkthat Mayfair was necessary?) And anyway, some of usprefer the contingent parts of London. The long streetis one of them, full of history but at the same timescrappy-feeling and unplanned and random, and all thebetter, all the more characteristic of London, forthat. On the corner of Eversholt Street and Euston isa St Pancras New Church, a neo-classical kludge whichat the time of its construction in 1822 was the mostexpensive church building since St Paul’s. But thecaryatids that hold up the Ionian pillars were orderedthe wrong size. To be made to fit they had to have abit taken out of the waist, making them look, by thegeneral standards of caryatids, unclassically chunky.Once you’ve had it pointed out, it’s unmistakable, andevery time you go past the church it makes you smile.

Another of my favourite places is a passageway justoff Woburn Place called Woburn Walk, where there was asandwich bar run by gloomy Italians with a plaquesaying that WB Yeats had lived there. What the plaquedidn’t tell you was that that was also where Yeatslost his virginity, at the decidedly late-starterishage of 31. He and Olivia Shakespear had to go toHeal’s specially to order a bed before finallyconsummating the relationship, and he found theexperience – that of ordering the bed – deeplytraumatic, since “every inch added to the expense”.

All this is what this street used to mean to me.Everybody has their own version of their own bits oftheir own towns; history and memory overlap, and theyare what make cities liveable; they are the humanstuff with which we fight the city’s potentiallyoverwhelming feelings of anonymity, depersonality, andanxiety. They are how we make it human.

Now, though, my and everybody else’s sense of thislong street is set to be for ever changed by the factthat the diverted number 30 bus exploded just whereUpper Woburn Place becomes Tavistock Square. The sightof the bus was horrible enough, but for me the mostindelible image is that of the doorway of the BMAbuilding, splattered with the baked-in blood of thebomb’s victims. That is the doorway I went throughevery day for those six years, and the London Reviewof Books’ offices, where I worked, were directly abovewhere the bomb exploded. That doesn’t mean anything orhave any consequences but it does make the horror ofthe moment all too easy to imagine.

It is meant to be easy to imagine. That is part of theterrorists’ intention. When Don DeLillo’s novel Mao IIcame out 13 years ago I was one of many readers whothought it was, to use a technical term in literarycriticism, a howling dog. DeLillo seemed to be makingsome confused point about the similarity between artand terrorism, and how terrorists now did what artistsused to do, or something. Reviewers, myself included,couldn’t get on with it. Now, though, I think Iunderstand what DeLillo meant. His argument was thatterrorism is trying to change the world by changinghow people see the world. It is trying to get into ourheads; to come between our thoughts and memories ofthe place we live and rewrite them, reorder them. Ithas designs on our sense of ourselves; it has designson our memories and our fears. The idea is that whenwe get on the tube, when we get on a bus, when we seea young man with a beard looking fidgety, the memoryof last Thursday will get inside our minds. When thebombers, or someone sympathising with them, said ontheir website that London is “burning with fear”, theywere expressing their own deepest wish, because if wearen’t then they have failed.

Have they failed? Obviously it’s too early to say. Butit doesn’t seem to me as if London is burning withfear. Indeed, the general lack of panic is, it seemsto me, extraordinary, remarkable, and deeply moving.Speaking purely for myself, I won’t know whether theyhave failed or not until the next time I am on a bus,perhaps spe
cifically a bus going up that long street Ilove; or the next time I am on the tube, perhapsspecifically a Piccadilly line train between RussellSquare and King’s Cross. But I hope they have failed,and I suspect they have. The length and depth andspecificity of London’s history is a source not justof stories and memories but of certain kinds ofstrength too.

A fter all, it’s not the first time that street hasbeen bombed. The Luftwaffe blew up Bush house in 1941,and Malvina Hoffman’s dodgy statue had one of its armsreplaced as recently as 1977. But we don’t need to goeven that far back to encounter a bomb in that road.The last time a bomb went off there was February 181996. I remember it vividly because I was there at thetime, more or less. My wife and a friend and I werehaving dinner in a restaurant in Wellington Streetwhen, at about 10.30, there was a thumping noise. Ourfriend, who worked in Canary Wharf, which had beenattacked by the IRA, eight days previously immediatelysaid, “That’s a bomb.” We were keen not to be trappedbehind a police cordon for the whole night, so werapidly paid and left. Just outside, in Aldwych, wherethe Strand feeds round a sweeping half-curve intoKingsway, a bus had been blown up. It was black,still, silent, and windowless. The sense ofnoiselessness and calm were eerie. Somebody shouted,”Get back, there could be another bomb.” We got in ourcar – in those pre-Livingstone days, Londonerssometimes used cars – and drove home.

Later it turned out that a 21-year-old IRA membercalled Edward O’Brien, on his way to do who knowswhat, had accidentally blown himself up. No one elsedied. It seemed terrible, at the time; it wasterrible, just as the Docklands bomb was terrible, andthe Harrods bomb before that, and all the other bombstoo. Another time, only 18 years ago, the King’s Crossfire, 500 metres up the line from last Thursday’sbomb, killed 31 people and made a great many othersfeel that they were never going to go on the tubeagain. They did, though. My point is that not only isthis not the first time that the long street thatincludes Woburn Place has been bombed; it is not eventhe first time it has been bombed by a terrorist on abus during the last decade. The people who are tryingto get inside our heads and rewrite our sense of ourcity may not realise just how much there is torewrite.

7) I think this analysis is absolutely crackpot, but I put it out there for general information, to show what’s
floating around the internet:

http://www.prisonplanet.com/articles/july2005/090705bombingexercises.htm

London Underground Bombing ‘Exercises’ Took Place atSame Time as Real Attack

Culpability cover scenario echoes 9/11 wargames

Paul Joseph Watson & Alex Jones/Prison Planet July 92005

A consultancy agency with government and policeconnections was running an exercise for an unnamedcompany that revolved around the London Undergroundbeing bombed at the exact same times and locations ashappened in real life on the morning of July 7th.

On a BBC Radio 5 interview that aired on the eveningof the 7th, the host interviewed Peter Power,
ManagingDirector of Visor Consultants, which bills itself as a’crisis management’ advice company, better known toyou and I as a PR firm.

Peter Power was a former Scotland Yard official,working at one time with the Anti Terrorist Branch.Power told the host that at the exact same time thatthe London bombings were taking place, his company wasrunning a 1,000 person strong exercise which drilledthe London Underground being bombed at the exact samelocations, at the exact same times, as happened inreal life.

The transcript is as follows.

POWER: At half past nine this morning we were actuallyrunning an exercise for a company of over a thousandpeople in London based on simultaneous bombs going offprecisely at the railway stations where it happenedthis morning, so I still have the hairs on the back ofmy neck standing up right now.

HOST: To get this quite straight, you were running anexercise to see how you would cope with this and ithappened while you were running the exercise?

POWER: Precisely, and it was about half past nine thismorning, we planned this for a company and for obviousreasons I don’t want to reveal their name but they’relistening and they’ll know it. And we had a room fullof crisis managers for the first time they’d met andso within five minutes we made a pretty rapid decisionthat this is the real one and so we went through thecorrect drills of activating crisis managementprocedures to jump from slow time to quick timethinking and so on.

Click here for a clip of this dialogue. Click here fora longer clip where the comments can be heard in theirfull context.

The fact that the exercise mirrored the exactlocations and times of the bombings is light yearsbeyond a coincidence. Power said the drill focusedaround ‘simultaneous bombings’. At first the bombingswere thought to have been spread over an hour, but theBBC reports just today that the bombings were in factsimultaneous.
Mr. Power (pictured above) and Visor Consultants neednot have been ‘in on the bombing’ or anything of thatnature for this to be of importance. The Britishgovernment or one of their private company offshootscould have hired Visor to run the exercise for anumber of purposes.
We are not suggesting that Mr. Power had any knowledgeof the real purpose of the exercise, and the openshock he exclaims in relating the story underlinesthis.

The exercise fulfils several different goals. It actsas a cover for the small compartamentalized governmentterrorists to carry out their operation without thelarger security services becoming aware of whatthey’re doing, and, more importantly, if they getcaught during the attack or after with anyincriminating evidence they can just claim that theywere just taking part in the exercise.

This is precisely what happened on the morning of9/11/2001. The CIA was conducting drills of flyinghijacked planes into the WTC and Pentagon at 8:30 inthe morning.

It is clear that at least five if not six trainingexercises were in operation in the days leading up toand on the morning of 9/11. This meant that NORADradar screens showed as many as 22 hijacked airlinersat the same time. NORAD had been briefed that this was part of the exercise drill and therefore normal reactive procedure was forestalled and delayed.

The large numbers of ‘blips’ on NORAD screens thatdisplayed both real and ‘drill’ hijacked planesexplain why confused press reports emerged hours afterthe attack stating that up to eight planes had beenhijacked.

The Anglo-American establishment that controls themilitary-industrial complex of the West has beencaught over a hundred times carrying out bombings andother terrorist attacks around the world to furthertheir corporate aims and to blame their enemies.

The US government has been caught planning to carryout attacks and carrying out attacks. The Britishgovernment has been caught red-handed as well. Membersof Vladimir Putin’s FSB were caught planting bombs ina Russian apartment building in 1999 by the Moscowpolice.

This is not speculation. Kermit Roosevelt admited onNPR radio that in 1953 the CIA and Britishintelligence carried out a wave of bombings andshootings in Iran. He then went on to brag about howthey subsequently blamed the bombings on Iran’s President, Mossadegh. Do you understand, these people brag about what they do 40 years later?

The London bombings have the same signature as theMadrild bombings of 3/11. Both of these bombings arealmost indistinguishable from the Bologniabombing in 1980 that killed over 80 people.
The bombing in Bolognia was part of a CIA operationcode named Gladio, where the US government would payright-wing terrorists to carry out bombings to beblamed on leftists in Europe. All of this was blownwide ope
n when two of the Bolognia bombers wereconvited in an Italian court, forcing them to spilltheir guts admitting that they were neo-fascistscontracted by the CIA. Operation Gladio documents havesince been declassified.

The London terror alert level was lowered before thebombings took place. This gave the purpotrators extracover to plan and execute the attack without having toevade the most stringent security.

In any crime you look at history and motive. TheBritish government has been caught in multipleexamples of carrying out bombings in London which werethen blamed on the IRA. They even had one of their ownMI5 agents wihin the Omagh bomb squad. Click here foran archive of this evidence.

The wider agenda will become clearer when Blair firmlypoints the finger at the selected patsies designatedto take the fall. But for the moment he’s happy tograndstand as the courageous leader who immedatelyreturned to London to take control of the chaos.

BBC polls that were showing 80 per cent plus opposedthe ID card will now likely flip back in the oppositedirection. Support for the European Union andincreased globalization through the G8 will rise. Whostands to gain from all this? Who has the motive?

From Putin blowing up his own apartment buildings toIsrael being behind Hamas, the evidence isconsistently clear that large scale terrorism isalways state sponsored.

The Madrid train bombing is another example. Thebombers were found to be police informants with closelinks to the Spanish security services. They hadaccess to the most secure areas of the Madrid trainsystem. The Spanish government initially tried toblaim the Basque group ETA for the blast in the hopethat the people would rally behind the government andget them re-elected. After ETA denied involvement and the people started saying the government was involved, the Spanish government had to blame Al-Qaeda and kill some patsies by claiming they blew themselves up during a raid.

The London Underground exercises were used as thefallback cover to carry out the attack. This is thebiggest smoking gun yet pointing directly to the mostsecretive levels of the British establishment itselfbeing behind the attack.

More on this story as and when it develops.

Posted in Uncategorized | 1 Comment